Rohde & Schwarz FSIQ3 Operating Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Rohde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Measuring Instruments
  5. FSIQ3
  6. Operating manual
Rohde & Schwarz FSIQ3 Operating Manual

Rohde & Schwarz FSIQ3 Operating Manual

Signal analyzer
Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Printed in the Federal
Republic of Germany
1119.5063.12-02-
www.valuetronics.com
Operating Manual
SIGNAL ANALYZER
FSIQ3
1119.5005.13
FSIQ7
1119.5005.17
FSIQ26
1119.6001.27
FSIQ40
1119.6001.40
Test and Measurement
Division
1
1/00

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the FSIQ3 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Rohde & Schwarz FSIQ3

Summary of Contents for Rohde & Schwarz FSIQ3

  • Page 1 Test and Measurement Division Operating Manual SIGNAL ANALYZER FSIQ3 1119.5005.13 FSIQ7 1119.5005.17 FSIQ26 1119.6001.27 FSIQ40 1119.6001.40 Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 1119.5063.12-02- 1/00 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 2 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 3: Tabbed Divider Overview

    FSIQ Tabbed Divider Overview Tabbed Divider Overview Contents Data Sheet Safety Instructions Certificate of Quality EU Certificate of Conformity List of R&S Representatives Manuals for Signal Analyzer FSIQ Tabbed Divider Chapter 1: Putting into Operation Chapter 2: Getting Started Chapter 3: Operation Chapter 4: Functional Description...
  • Page 4 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 5 Before putting the product into operation for the first time, make sure to read the following S a f e t y I n s t r u c t i o n s Rohde & Schwarz makes every effort to keep the safety standard of its products up to date and to offer its customers the highest possible degree of safety.

  • Page 6: Basic Safety Instructions

    Safety Instructions Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by dangerous situations. Therefore, carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions before putting the product into operation. It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety instructions on personal safety that appear in other parts of the documentation.
  • Page 7 Safety Instructions 4. If products/components are mechanically 10. Intentionally breaking the protective earth and/or thermically processed in a manner connection either in the feed line or in the that goes beyond their intended use, product itself is not permitted. Doing so can hazardous substances (heavy-metal dust result in the danger of an electric shock such as lead, beryllium, nickel) may be...
  • Page 8 Safety Instructions 19. If a product is to be permanently installed, matching Rohde & Schwarz type (see the connection between the PE terminal on spare parts list). Batteries and storage site and the product's PE conductor must batteries are hazardous waste. Dispose of be made first before any other connection them only in specially marked containers.

  • Page 9: Informaciones De Seguridad

    Por favor lea imprescindiblemente antes de la primera puesta en funcionamiento las siguientes informaciones de seguridad Informaciones de seguridad Es el principio de Rohde & Schwarz de tener a sus productos siempre al día con los estandards de seguridad y de ofrecer a sus clientes el máximo grado de seguridad. Nuestros productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y examinados según las normas de seguridad vigentes.
  • Page 10 Informaciones de seguridad Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para tratar de evitar daños y peligros de toda clase. Es necesario de que se lean las siguientes informaciones de seguridad concienzudamente y se tengan en cuenta debidamente antes de la puesta en funcionamiento del producto. También deberán ser tenidas en cuenta las informaciones para la protección de personas que encontrarán en otro capítulo de esta documentación y que también son obligatorias de seguir.
  • Page 11 Informaciones de seguridad seguridad (control a primera vista, control de peligro a causa de la radiación conductor protector, medición de resistencia electromagnética. El empresario está de aislamiento, medición de medición de la comprometido a valorar y señalar areas de corriente conductora, control trabajo en las que se corra un riesgo de...
  • Page 12 Informaciones de seguridad 12. No utilice nunca el producto si está dañado el 20. En caso de que los productos que son cable eléctrico. Asegure a través de las instalados fijamente en un lugar sean sin medidas de protección y de instalación protector implementado, autointerruptor o adecuadas de que el cable de eléctrico no similares objetos de protección, deberá...
  • Page 13 Informaciones de seguridad 27. Baterías y acumuladores no deben de ser 31. Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven expuestos a temperaturas altas o al fuego. solamente de ayuda para el manejo que Guardar baterías y acumuladores fuera del solamente está previsto para personas. Por alcance de los niños.

  • Page 14: Certificate Of Quality

    Certified Quality System DIN EN ISO 9001 : 2000 DIN EN 9100 : 2003 DIN EN ISO 14001 : 1996 DQS REG. NO 001954 QM/ST UM QUALITÄTSZERTIFIKAT CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY CERTIFICAT DE QUALITÉ Sehr geehrter Kunde, Dear Customer, Cher Client, Sie haben sich für den Kauf eines you have decided to buy a Rohde &...
  • Page 15 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 16 EC Certificate of Conformity Certificate No.: 98091 This is to certify that: Equipment type Stock No. Designation FSIQ3 1119.5005.03/.13 Signal Analyzer FSIQ7 1119.5005.07/.17 FSIQ26 1119.6001.26/.27 FSIQ40 1119.6001.40 FSE-B13 1119.6499.02 Option: 1 dB Input Attenuator FSIQB70 1119.6747.02 Option: DSP and IQ Memory Extension...
  • Page 17 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 18: Customer Support

    Customer Support Technical support – where and when you need it For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde &...
  • Page 19 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 20 Adressen/Addresses (Tel) Phone Rohde & Schwarz-Österreich Ges.m.b.H. (Tel) +43 (1) 602 61 41-0 FIRMENSITZ/HEADQUARTERS Austria (Fax) Fax Am Europlatz 3 (Fax) +43 (1) 602 61 41-14 E-mail Gebäude B rs-austria@rsoe.rohde-schwarz.com 1120 Wien Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG (Tel) +49 (89) 41 29-0 Mühldorfstraße 15 ·...
  • Page 21 Adressen/Addresses Rohde & Schwarz China Ltd. (Tel) +86 (28) 86 52 76 06 Zweigniederlassung Büro Bonn (Tel) +49 (228) 918 90-0 China Germany Representative Office Chengdu (Fax) +86 (28) 86 52 76 10 Josef-Wirmer-Straße 1-3 · D-53123 Bonn (Fax) +49 (228) 25 50 87 Unit G, 28/F, First City Plaza sophia.chen@rsbp.rohde- Postfach 140264 ·...
  • Page 22 Adressen/Addresses Rohde & Schwarz Kazakhstan (Tel) +7 (32) 72 67 23 54 Rohde & Schwarz India Pvt. Ltd. (Tel) +91 (22) 26 30 18 10 Kazakhstan India Representative Office Almaty (Fax) +7 (32) 72 67 23 46 Mumbai Office (Fax) +91 (22) 26 73 20 81 Pl.
  • Page 23 Adressen/Addresses Rohde & Schwarz Nederland B.V. (Tel) +31 (30) 600 17 00 Gentec (Tel) +966 (1) 293 20 35 Netherlands Saudi Arabia Perkinsbaan 1 (Fax) +31 (30) 600 17 99 Haji Abdullah Alireza & Co. Ltd. (Fax) +966 (1) 466 16 57 3439 ND Nieuwegein info@rsn.rohde-schwarz.com P.O.Box 43054...
  • Page 24 Adressen/Addresses Rohde & Schwarz UK Ltd. (Tel) +44 (870) 735 16 42 Rohde & Schwarz Taiwan (Pvt.) Ltd. (Tel) +886 (2) 28 93 10 88 Taiwan United 3000 Manchester Business Park (Fax) +44 (1252) 81 14 77 Floor 14, No. 13, Sec. 2, Pei-Tou Road (Fax) +886 (2) 28 91 72 60 Kingdom Aviator Way...
  • Page 25 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 26 FSIQ Contents of Manuals for Signal Analyzer FSIQ Operating Manual The operating manual describes the foll,owing models and options: • FSIQ3 20 Hz to 3,5 GHz • FSIQ7 20 Hz to 7 GHz • FSIQ3 20 Hz to 26,5 GHz •...
  • Page 27 Manuals FSIQ Service Manual - Instrument The service manual - instrument informs on how to check compliance with rated specifications (per- formance test) and on the self tests. Service Manual The service manual is not delivered with the instrument but may be obtained from your R&S service department using the order number 1065.6016.24.

  • Page 28: Table Of Contents

    FSIQ Contents - Preparing for Operation Contents - Chapter 1 " Preparing for Operation " 1 Preparing for Operation Description of Front and Rear Panel Views .................. 1.1 Front View..........................1.1 Rear View ..........................1.13 Start-Up............................1.20 Unpacking the Instrument...................... 1.20 Instrument Setup ........................
  • Page 29 Contents - Preparing for Operation FSIQ 1119.5063.12 I-1.2 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 30: Preparing For Operation

    FSIQ Front View 1 Preparing for Operation Chapter 1 describes the controls and connectors of the Spectrum Analyzer FSIQ by means of the front and rear view. Then follows all the information that is necessary to put the instrument into operation and connect it to the AC supply and to external devices.
  • Page 31 Front View FSIQ Fig. 1-1 Front View 1119.5063.12 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 32 FSIQ Front View LINES Setup evaluation lines and tolerance limits see Chap. 4 LINES D LINE S D LINES Setup evaluation lines (display lines) LIMI T S LIMITS Definition and recall of tolerance limits LEVEL Define reference levels and display range in the LEVEL see Chap.
  • Page 33 Front View FSIQ Fig. 1-1 Front View 1119.5063.12 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 34 FSIQ Front View 3 1/2" diskette drive; 1.44 MByte DATA VARIATION Key group for entering data and for cursor see Chap. 3 DATA VARIATION movement HOLD STEP HOLD Disable control elements / overall control. The LED indicates the hold condition. STEP Set step size for cursor keys and roll- key.
  • Page 35 Front View FSIQ Fig. 1-1 Front View 1119.5063.12 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 36 FSIQ Front View PROBE/CODE Power supply and coded socket for R&S PROBE / CODE accessories.(12-pin Tuchel) SWEEP Input sweep parameters see Chap. 4 SWEEP TRIGGER TRIGGER Set trigger source. The LED illuminates on valid trigger. SWEEP SWEEP Define the sweep mode parameters. COUPLING Set coupled parameters.
  • Page 37 Front View FSIQ Fig. 1-1 Front View 1119.5063.12 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 38: Probe Power

    FSIQ Front View PROBE POWER Power supply connector (+15V / - 12.6V) for see Chap. 8 PROBE POWER measurement accessories (probes) Reserved for options Reserved for options AF OUTPUT AF output connector (head phones) (miniature see Chap. 8 AF OUTPUT phone jack) Internal loudspeaker see Chap.
  • Page 39 Front View FSIQ Fig. 1-1 Front View 1119.5063.12 1.10 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 40 FSIQ Front View STATUS Indicators for remote control and switch for manual see Chap. 4 STATUS control. Chap. 5 REMOTE LOCAL Switch from remote to manual control. LOCAL The LED SRQ indicates that a service request from the instrument is active on the IEC Bus.
  • Page 41 Rear View FSIQ Fig. 1-2 Rear View 1119.5063.12 1.12 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 42: Rear View

    FSIQ Rear View Rear View Power switch see Chap. 1 Fuse holder AC power connector Power supply fans EXT TRIG/GATE Input connector for an external trigger or an external see Chap. 2 EXT TRIG IN/OUT GATE gate signal Chap. 8 CCVS/FBAS OUT Connector for external CCVS/FBAS monitor see Chap.
  • Page 43 Rear View FSIQ Fig. 1-2 Rear View 1119.5063.12 1.14 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 44 FSIQ Rear View 21.4 MHZ OUT Output connector for 21.4 MHz IF see Chap. 8 21.4 MHz IN/OUT LOG VIDEO OUT Output connector for a switchable noise source see Chap. 8 VIDEO OUT IN/OUT KEYBOARD Connector for an external keyboard see Chap.
  • Page 45 Rear View FSIQ Fig. 1-2 Rear View 1119.5063.12 1.16 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 46 FSIQ Rear View USER User interface connector with configurable inputs and see Chap. 8 USER PORT outputs (USER-PORT A and USER-PORT B) ANALYZER MONITOR Connector for an external VGA monitor see Chap. 8 ANALYZER MONITOR EXT REF IN/OUT Input for external reference frequency (1 MHz to 16 see Chap.
  • Page 47 Rear View FSIQ Fig. 1-2 Rear View 1119.5063.12 1.18 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 48 FSIQ Rear View IEC FOR COMPUTER FUNCTION <SCPI> IEC625 IEC Bus-connector for computer function see Chap. 1 IEC 625 SCPI IEC FOR COMPUTERFUNCTION (option FSE-B16) Chap. 8 Parallel interface connector see Chap. 1 (printer connector, Centronics compatible) Chap. 8 ETHERNET Connector for ethernet (option FSE-B16) MOUSE Connector for PS/2-Mouse...

  • Page 49: Start-Up

    Start-Up FSIQ Start-Up Important Note: Before turning the instrument on, it must be observed that the following conditions are fulfilled: • instrument covers are in place and all fasteners are tightened, • fan openings are free from obstructions, • signal levels at the input connectors are all within specified maximums, •...

  • Page 50: 19" Rack Installation

    FSIQ Start-Up 19" Rack Installation Important Note: rack installation, insure that flow side-panel perforations and the air exhaust at the rear panel are not obstructed. The instrument may be mounted in a 19" rack by using the rack adapter kit ZZA-95 (order number: 396.4911.00).

  • Page 51: Battery-Powered Memory

    Functional Test FSIQ ON/STANDBY switch on the front panel Standby À ON/STANDBY switch is not depressed. STANDBY The yellow LED (STANDBY) is illuminated. The DC power supply is supplied with power and the quartz oven is maintained at normal operating temperature. Operation Caution: À...

  • Page 52: Controller Function

    FSIQ Controller Function Controller Function Caution: The drivers used in the integrated controller function are adapted to the measuring instrument. Only the settings described below should be resorted to. The existing driver software should be modified only with the update software released by Rohde&Schwarz.

  • Page 53: Connecting A Mouse

    Connecting a Mouse FSIQ Connecting a Mouse Caution: The mouse may only be connected when the instrument is switched off (STANDBY). Otherwise, correct operation of the mouse and instrument cannot be guaranteed. The instrument has the facility to simplify operation by connecting a mouse to the rear-panel PS/2- mouse connector (MOUSE) for .

  • Page 54: Connecting An External Keyboard

    FSIQ Connecting an External Keyboard Connecting an External Keyboard Caution: The keyboard may only be connected when the instrument is switched off (STANDBY). Otherwise, correct operation of the keyboard cannot be guaranteed. The instrument is fitted with a rear-panel 5-contact DIN connector (KEYBOARD) for the connection of an external PC keyboard.

  • Page 55: Connecting An External Monitor

    Connecting an External Monitor FSIQ Connecting an External Monitor Caution: The monitor may only be connected when the instrument is switched off (STANDBY). Otherwise, the monitor may be damaged. Do not modify the screen driver (display type) since this would disturb instrument operation.
  • Page 56 FSIQ Connecting an External Monitor Call SETUP-GENERAL SETUP menu CONFIGURATION À Press the SETUP key in the CONFIGURATION EXTERNAL REFERENCE MODE field. The SETUP menu is opened. SETUP GENERAL SETUP À Press the GENERAL SETUP softkey. The GENERAL SETUP submenu is opened and the current settings of the instrument parameters are displayed on the screen in the form of tables.

  • Page 57: Connecting An Output Device

    Connecting an Output Device FSIQ Connecting an Output Device Caution: The output device may be connected only when the instrument is switched off (STANDBY) Notes: - The installation of some printer drivers is possible only under the administrator identification (see section "Controller Function"). - After the installation, the "Service Pack X"...
  • Page 58 FSIQ Connecting an Output Device 3. Configuration of the connected output device The configuration of the connected output device and the assignment to the interface takes place in the HARDCOPY DEVICE–SETTINGS DEVICE1/2 menu (key group: HARDCOPY , see in Chapter 4, the section "Selection and Configuration of the Output Device ").
  • Page 59 Connecting an Output Device FSIQ Select printer driver under Windows NT À Press key combination <ALT> <SYSREQ> The Windows NT screen is displayed. À In the Start menu press first "Setting" and then "Printers". The printer window is opened. À Double-click symbol "Add Printer". The "Add Printer Wizard"...
  • Page 60 FSIQ Connecting an Output Device À Mark "HP" selection table "Manufacturers" and "HP DeskJet 660C" in selection table "Printers". Note: If the desired type of output device is not shown in this list, it means that supported Windows NT. À Click "Next". The entry field for the printer name is displayed.
  • Page 61 Connecting an Output Device FSIQ À Switch on printer. À Click Yes (recommended)". À Click "Finish". A test page is printed out if the installation was successful. If the test page is not printed out or not completely, the Windows NT online help offers troubleshooting instructions under the entry "Printer Trouble Shooting".
  • Page 62 FSIQ Connecting an Output Device À Press one of the unit keys. DATA ENTRY HARDCOPY DEVICE SETTINGS Device1 WINDOWS METAFILE -d B m The selection box DEVICE is displayed on Print to File DEVICE the screen. The current selection is Orientation CLIPBOARD marked by a tick and highlighted by the...

  • Page 63: Connecting A Cd-Rom Drive

    Connecting a CD ROM Drive FSIQ Connecting a CD-ROM Drive Caution: The CD-ROM may only be connected when the instrument is switched off (STANDBY). If this is not observed correct operation of the CD-ROM and the instrument cannot be guaranteed. Notes: - The installation of a CD-ROM is possible only under the administrator identification (see section "Controller Function").
  • Page 64 FSIQ Connecting a CD ROM Drive À Mark entry "Shut down and log on as a different user". À Press Shift key and click button "Yes" at the same time. The login window is displayed. À Enter "administrator" under "name" and "894129"...

  • Page 65: Firmware Update

    Windows NT Software FSIQ Firmware Update The installation of a new firmware version can be performed using the built-in diskette drive and does not require opening the spectrum analyzer. The firmware update kit contains several diskettes. The installation program is called up in the CONFIGURATION - SETUP menu. Insert diskette 1 into the drive.

  • Page 66: Installing Windows Nt Software

    FSIQ Firmware Update Installing Windows NT Software The driver software and the system settings of Windows NT are exactly adapted to the measurement functions of the instrument. Correct operation of the instrument can therefore be guaranteed only if the software and hardware used is released or offered by Rohde & Schwarz. The use of other software or hardware may cause malfunctioning or failures in the functions of the instrument.

  • Page 67: Options

    Options FSIQ Options Notes: - Option FSE-B13, 1 dB Attenuator, is described in Chapter 4, Section "Level Display/RF Input" - Options FSE-B8 to B12, Tracking Generator, are described in Chapter 4, Section "Tracking Generator" Option FSE-B17 – Second IEC/IEEE Interface Notes: - The installation of option FSE-B17 is possible only under the administrator identification (see section "Controller Function").
  • Page 68 FSIQ Options À Mark "GPIB0" in the "GPIB Board" list. À Mark "AT-GPIB/TNT" in the "Board Type" list. À Confirm the selection with "OK". "GPIB Configuration" menu displayed again. À Click button "Configure". The "GPIB0 (AT-GPIB/TNT)" menu for configuring the board is opened. Configuring the board À...

  • Page 69: Operation

    Options FSIQ Setting the parameters for the connected equipment À Mark the instrument in the "Device Template" list and confirm selection with "OK". The "DEV.. Settings" menu is opened. À Perform the settings for the selected unit in the "DEV.. Settings" menu. The logic name for the instrument is preset with DEV1 and address 20.

  • Page 70: Option Fse-B5 - Fft Filter

    FSIQ Options Option FSE-B5 - FFT Filter Option FFT Filter FSE-B5 is a firmware option. It has to be enabled by a keyword. Prerequisites 1. Keywords The keyword is printed on a label which is part of the equipment supplied and has to be stuck to the rear of FSIQ.

  • Page 71: Option Fse-B16 - Ethernet Adapter

    Options FSIQ Option FSE-B16 – Ethernet Adapter With the option Ethernet Adapter FSE-B16, the device can be connected to an Ethernet-LAN (local area network). It is possible to transmit data via the network and to use the network printer. The adapter operates with a 10 MHz Ethernet in line with standards IEEE 802.3 10Base2 (Thin Ethernet, CheaperNet, BNC-Net) (B16 model 03) or 10Base5 (Thick Ethernet) (B16 model 02).

  • Page 72: Software Installation

    FSIQ Options AUI (Thick Ethernet; FSE B16 Var. 02 The device is connected to the LAN segment using a transceiver Connection cable (DB-15 AUI connector, not part of the equipment supplied) which is connected to the rear panel and to the transceiver. Network traffic The connection does not conflict with the network traffic.
  • Page 73 Options FSIQ Calling up Configuration Menu for Network Settings À Click "Start" in the task bar. À Click consecutively "Settings", "Control Panel" and "Network". The "Network" configuration menu for network settings is opened. Registering the Identification Note: It is important for the computer name to be unique in the network.. À...
  • Page 74 FSIQ Options Installation and Configuration of the Driver for the Network Adapter À Select "Adapter". À Click "Add" and mark network driver "SMC 8416 EtherEZ" and select with "OK". The query "Files.." is displayed. À Answer it by clicking "Continue". The "SMCEthernet Card Setup"...
  • Page 75 Options FSIQ Installation of Network Services To utilize the resources of the network it is necessary to install the corresponding services. Note: The network administrator knows which services are to be used. À Select "Services". À Click "Add", mark the desired service and select with "OK".

  • Page 76: Examples Of Configurations

    FSIQ Options Examples of Configurations Network Protocols Services Notes NOVELL Netware NWLink IPX/SPX Client Service for The "Frame Type" used under "Protocols - Compatible NetWare Properties" should be set. Transport IP networks TCP/IP Protocol Simple TCP/IP An "IP Address" unambiguous in the network (FTP, TELNET, WWW, Services should be set under "Protocols - Properties".
  • Page 77 Options FSIQ Installing a user After the network software has been installed, the instrument logs with an error message during the next start-up since there is no user "Instrument" (= user identification for NT autologin) in the network. It is therefore necessary to install a user which should be the same for Windows NT and for the network.
  • Page 78 FSIQ Options Only NOVELL network: À Click "Start" in the task bar. Configure NOVELL Client À Click consecutively "Settings", "Control Panel", "CSNW". NOVELL 3.x À Click "Preferred Server". À Under "Select Preferred Server" select the NOVELL server for which the user has been installed. NOVELL 4.x À...

  • Page 79: Printing On A Network Printer

    Options FSIQ À Select the drive under "Drive:" À Activate "Reconnect at Logon:" if the link is to be automatically established at each unit start. À Connect the network path to the selected drive with "OK". The user name and the password are queried.
  • Page 80 FSIQ Options À Double-click line "Add Printer". The "Add Printer Wizard" window is opened. This window leads through the following printer driver installation. À Click first "Network Printer Source" and then "Next". The list of available network printers is displayed. À...

  • Page 81: Server Function

    Options FSIQ À Click "Next". The window for starting a test page is displayed. The test print is for checking if the installation was successful. À Switch on printer. À Click Yes (recommended)". À Click "Finish". A test page is printed out if the installation was successful.
  • Page 82 FSIQ Options For a complete description of the functions and commands see the FTP documentation. Establishing a connection À Click "Start" and then "Run" in the task bar. The program is started with the DOS command The following command sets up the connection: OPEN <xx.xx.xx.xx>...

  • Page 83: Option Fsiqb70 - Dsp And Iq Memory Extension (2 X 512 K)

    Options FSIQ Option FSIQB70 - DSP and IQ Memory Extension (2 X 512 K) FSIQB70 is a hardware option. FSIQ has to be equipped with this option to enable the installation of future firmware options such as option FSIQK71, Code Domain Power Measurement for IS95. Moreover, option FSIQB70 is the prerequisite for a R&S demo software used for the CDP measurement on W-CDMA signals (NTT DoCoMo and 3GPP downlink).
  • Page 84 FSIQ Contents - Getting Started Contents - Chapter 2 "Getting Started" 2 Getting Started Level and Frequency Measurements..................... 2.1 Measurement Task........................2.2 Important Spectrum Analyzer Functions ................. 2.2 Sweep, Level and Frequency Measurements – Example 1 ..........2.2 Sweep, Level and Frequency Measurements – Example 2 ..........2.7 Level Measurement Accuracy ....................
  • Page 85 Contents - Getting Started FSIQ 1119.5063.12 I-2.2 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 86: Getting Started

    PRESET key in the SYSTEM key field. The most important standard settings are shown in Table 2-1. A complete listing of standard settings can be found in chapter 4. Table 2-1 Important PRESET settings Parameter Parameter name Setting FSIQ3 FSIQ7 FSIQ26 FSIQ40 Mode Mode Analyzer...

  • Page 87: Important Spectrum Analyzer Functions

    Level and Frequency Measurements FSIQ Important Spectrum Analyzer Functions Important parameters for level and frequency measurements are the settings for the CENTER FREQUENCY , the selection of the active measurement frequency range ( SPAN ) and the MARKER functions. Sweep, Level and Frequency Measurements – Example 1 In this example, a signal with a frequency of 200 MHz and a level of -10 dBm are applied to the RF INPUT of the analyzer.
  • Page 88 FSIQ Level and Frequency Measurements 4. Reduce the measurement frequency range FREQUENCY (SPAN) to 1 MHz. SPAN À Press the SPAN key in the FREQUENCY key field. SPAN SPAN 400 MHz À Enter 1 via the numeric keypad and terminate with DATA ENTRY the MHz key.
  • Page 89 Level and Frequency Measurements FSIQ Fig. 2-1 shows the measured curve on the display screen over a 1 MHz range as well as the marker level and frequency values. Markerfield USER Marker 1[T1] 20 kHz RF ATT 10 dB Ref Lvl -10.8 dBm 20 kHz MARKER...
  • Page 90 FSIQ Level and Frequency Measurements 7: Determine the exact frequency with the internal frequency counter. Note: The frequency counter measures the frequency MARKER of the marked signal with the selected counter USER resolution and at the accuracy of the internal MARKER NORMAL NORMAL...

  • Page 91: Sweep, Level And Frequency Measurements - Example 2

    Level and Frequency Measurements FSIQ USER Marker 1 [T1 CNT] RF ATT 10 dB 20 kHz -10.8 dB m Ref Lvl 20 kHz COUNTER 200.00513 MHz -20 dBm Unit RESOLUTION SWT 7.5 ms 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 Hz 0.1 Hz SIGNAL ID...
  • Page 92 FSIQ Level and Frequency Measurements See steps 1 and 2 of example 1 1. Reset the instrument to standard settings. 2. Connect the test signal to the analyzer RF INPUT. 3. Zoom in on the signal. MARKER NORMAL À Press the NORMAL key in the MARKER key field . The marker moves to the largest signal displayed on the screen.

  • Page 93: Level Measurement Accuracy

    Level and Frequency Measurements FSIQ USER Marker 1 [T1] 20 kHz RF ATT 10 dB Ref Lvl -10.8 dB m 20 kHz MARKER 200.0052 MHz Unit -20 dBm SWT 7.5 ms NORMAL MARKER 1 MARKER ZOOM 1 MHz MARKER 2 MARKER 3 MARKER 4 SIGNAL...

  • Page 94: Measurement Of Harmonic Separation

    FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation Measurement of Harmonic Separation Measurement Task The measurement of signal harmonics is a frequently occurring task which can be optimally performed by a spectrum analyzer. In general, all signals will contain harmonics to some degree. Harmonics are especially critical in high-power transmitters, e.g., in radio transmitters, where a significant radiated harmonic component may interfere with the reception of other radio services.

  • Page 95: Important Spectrum Analyzer Functions

    Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ From the linear equations and the given intercept point, the following formula can be derived for the achievable harmonic separation a in dB: − harmonic separation ’ mixer level/dBm k2 intercept point The formula for the internally produced level P 1 at the first harmonic in dBm is: = •...

  • Page 96: Measurement Procedure - Harmonic Separation - Example 1

    FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation Measurement Procedure - Harmonic Separation – Example 1 The analyzer 10 MHz reference signal is used at the input signal. The connector EXT REF IN/OUT on the rear panel is connected to the analyzer front-panel RF INPUT. Since the output level is 7 dBm, the reference level must be set to 10 dBm.

  • Page 97: Stop Frequency

    Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ 4. Set the start frequency to 5 MHz FREQUENCY À Press the START key in the FREQUENCY key field. START FREQUENCY START 0 Hz The entry window for the start frequency appears on the display screen. À...
  • Page 98 FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation either: USER Automatic coupling of the video bandwidth to the COUPLING COUPLING RATIO RATIO measurement frequency range RBW / VBW SINE [1] À Press the COUPLING RATIO softkey. RBW / VBW PULSE [.1] The sub-menu for setting the automatic coupling of bandwidths to the measurement frequency range is RBW / VBW NOISE [10]...
  • Page 99 Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ USER RF ATT 40 dB RBW 500 kHz Ref Lvl 10 kHz Mixer -30 dBm COUPLED Unit 10 dBm SWT 100 ms FUNCTIONS RES BW MANUAL RES BW AUTO VIDEO BW MANUAL VIDEO BW AUTO SWEEP TIME MANUAL SWEEP TIME...
  • Page 100 FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation À Press the NEXT PEAK RIGHT softkey. NEXT PEAK RIGHT The delta marker jumps to the first harmonic and measures the difference between the harmonic and the fundamental. The measured values can be read at the upper left of the display screen. In this example, the harmonic separation is approx.

  • Page 101: Measurement Procedure - Harmonic Separation - Example 2

    Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ Measurement Procedure - Harmonic Separation – Example 2 In example 2, the fundamental frequency of the test signal and the separation of the individual harmonics are measured. The reference to the fundamental is established with the REFERENCE FIXED marker, and the movement from harmonic to harmonic is performed with the MKR→...
  • Page 102 FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation ÀEnter 100 via the numeric keypad and terminate with DATA ENTRY key. SP AN MARKER ZOOM µ s µV 100 kHz 9. Set the frequency step size to the fundamental frequency USER MARKER À Press the MKR → key in the MARKER key field MARKER->...
  • Page 103 Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ USER DELTA1 [T1 FXD] 2 kHz RF ATT 40 dB Ref Lvl -80.8 dB 2 kHz Mixer -30 dBm DELTA 10 dBm 48.0 kHz SWT 100 ms Unit MARKER 10.0 DELTA 1 DELTA 2 DELTA 3 DELTA 4 PHASE NOISE...
  • Page 104 FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation À Press the PEAK softkey . PEAK The delta marker appears at the first harmonic and measures the separation from harmonic to fundamental. The measured value is displayed in the marker field at the upper left of the display screen (see Fig.

  • Page 105: Measurement Procedure - Harmonic Separation - Example 3

    Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ Measurement Procedure - Harmonic Separation – Example 3 The measurement of fundamental and harmonics can also be performed in two independent windows on the display screen (SPLIT-SCREEN mode). This mode permits the simultaneous presentation of the fundamental and harmonics with higher resolution and dynamic range.
  • Page 106 FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation 11. Uncouple the window settings SCREEN COUPLING À Press the SCREEN COUPLING softkey. The SCREEN COUPLING sub-menu is opened. SCREEN UNCOUPLED SCREEN À Press the SCREEN UNCOUPLED softkey . UNCOUPLED The settings for each measurement window can now be selected independently.
  • Page 107 Measurement of Harmonic Separation FSIQ ACTIVE À Press the ACTIVE SCREEN B softkey. SCREEN B The following entries are now valid for the lower window which is used to measure the harmonic separation. À Press the CENTER key in the FREQUENCY key FREQUENCY field.
  • Page 108 FSIQ Measurement of Harmonic Separation USER MKR1 [T1] 1 kHz RF ATT 40 dB Ref Lvl +9.8 dBm 1 kHz Mixer -30 dBm MARKER 10 dBm 10.010000 MHz SWT 100 ms Unit SEARCH 10.0 PEAK NEXT PEAK NEXT PEAK RIGHT NEXT PEAK LEFT Center...

  • Page 109: Measurement Of Intermodulation Distortions

    Intermodulation Distortions FSIQ Measurement of Intermodulation Distortions Measuring Task If several signals are applied to a transmission quadripole with a non-linear characteristic, intermodulation products occur at its output due to addition and subtraction of the signals. The non- linear characteristic causes harmonics of the information signals to occur, which are mixed up at the characteristic.

  • Page 110: Important Spectrum-Analyzer Functions

    FSIQ Intermodulation Distortions Intercept point Output level Compression Intermodulation Information product signal Input level Fig.2-12 Dependance of the spurious product level from the level of the information signals The information signals at the output of a four-terminal network increase as the input level increases as long as the input level is in the linear range.

  • Page 111: Measurement

    Intermodulation Distortions FSIQ Measurement In the following, measurement of the third-order intercept of an amplifier is described, by way of example. Two signal generators with the frequencies f and f supply signals to the amplifier via a power divider. The output of the device under test is connected to the RF input of the FSIQ. The level of the two signal generators is the same and is selected such that the DUT is not overloaded.

  • Page 112: Reference Level

    FSIQ Intermodulation Distortions Cf. measurement example Level and Frequency Measurements (steps 1 to 3) 1. Reset the instrument. 2. Set the center frequency to 100 MHz. 3. Set the frequency-display range to 5 MHz. 4. Set the reference level to -10 dBm LEVEL À...

  • Page 113: Input Attenuation

    Intermodulation Distortions FSIQ À Enter 10 in the entry field via the numeric keypad D ATA E N T R Y and terminate the entry by pressing the key. RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH 10 kHz µV µ s USER 6. Set low-distortion mode INPUT INPUT À...
  • Page 114 FSIQ Intermodulation Distortions USER Delta 1 [T1] 10 kHz RF Att Ref Lvl -59.78 dB 10 kHz MARKER -10 dBm 2.00000000 MHz 150 ms Unit SEARCH PEAK NEXT PEAK NEXT PEAK RIGHT NEXT PEAK LEFT SEARCH LIMIT SELECT -100 ACTIVE MKR DELTA -110 CENTER 100 MHz...
  • Page 115 Intermodulation Distortions FSIQ MARKER USER À Press the SEARCH key of the MARKER keys. SEARCH MARKER SEARCH The SEARCH-MARKER menu is opened. PEAK NEXT PEAK NEXT PEAK RIGHT À Press the NEXT PEAK RIGHT softkey until the delta NEXT PEAK marker appears on one of the IM products (see Fig.2-13).

  • Page 116: Time-Domain Measurements With Pulsed Signals

    FSIQ Time-domain Measurements with Pulsed Signals Time-domain Measurements with Pulsed Signals Measuring Task A lot of systems which handle pulsed signals do not only require measurement of the pulse width and the pulse repetition rate which can be derived from the spectrum but also assess the rise and fall time as well as the power ramping during the pulse.

  • Page 117: Measurement

    Timedomain Measurements with Pulsed Signals FSIQ Measurement This example shows the measurement of the rise and fall times as well as the power ramping during the pulse. The signal generator SME with built-in pulse modulation source SME-B4 is used as signal source. A signal generator providing for pulse modulation in conjunction with an external pulse generator may be used, instead.
  • Page 118 FSIQ Time-domain Measurements with Pulsed Signals 4. Set the reference level to 0 dBm. LEVEL À Press the REF key in the LEVEL key field. REFERENCE LEVEL The entry field for the reference level appears on the -20 dBm display screen. À...
  • Page 119 Timedomain Measurements with Pulsed Signals FSIQ À Enter 1 in the entry field via the numeric keypad and DATA ENTRY terminate the entry by pressing the MHz key. SWEEP TIME 1 ms 7. Connect the RF output of the SME to the RF input of the FSIQ.
  • Page 120 FSIQ Time-domain Measurements with Pulsed Signals USER 1 MHz RF Att Ref Lvl 1 MHz Mixer -20 dBm TRIGGER 0 dBm Unit FREE RUN VIDEO LINE EXTERN RF POWER SIGNAL ID TRIGGER DELAY SLOPE -100 100 µ s/ START 0 s Stop 1 ms Fig.
  • Page 121 Timedomain Measurements with Pulsed Signals FSIQ À Enter 10 via the numeric keypad in the entry field DATA ENTRY and terminate the entry by pressing the kHz/ µ s key. GAP PRETRIGGER µ V µ s µ À Press the TRG TO GAP softkey. TRG TO GAP TRG TO GAP TIME...
  • Page 122 FSIQ Time-domain Measurements with Pulsed Signals 11. Activate the measurement with mask-out of MENU measured value À Press the menu change key. GAP SWEEP The right supplementary menu is opened. GAP SWEEP SETTINGS GAP SWEEP À Press the GAP SWEEP ON/OFF key. The measurement with blanking of measured value is activated.
  • Page 123 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 124 FSIQ Contents - Manual Operation Contents - Chapter 3 "Manual Operation" 3 Manual Operation The Screen............................3.2 Diagram Area .......................... 3.3 Full Screen..........................3.9 Split Screen ..........................3.9 Softkey Area .......................... 3.10 Changing the Menu ....................... 3.11 Setting the Parameters........................3.13 Data Entry..........................
  • Page 125 Contents - Manual Operation FSIQ 1119.5063.12 I-3.2 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 126: Manual Operation

    FSIQ Manual Operation 3 Manual Operation Chapter 3 provides an overview of the operating concept and the basic steps of manual operation of the FSIQ. This includes a description of the screen, of the control of menus and of the setting of parameters.

  • Page 127: The Screen

    Screen FSIQ The Screen The screen informs continuously on the results and parameters of the selected measuring functions. It shows the assignment of the softkeys and menus, which are required for setting the measuring parameters. The display of test results, the softkey labeling and the type of menu depend on the selected measuring function.

  • Page 128: Diagram Area

    FSIQ Screen Diagram Area Status Hardware settings Marker /deltamarker Logo UNCAL OVLD Marker 1 [T1 CNT] 1 MHz RF Att 20 dB Ref Lvl -36.42 dBm 1 MHz Mixer -40 dBm -20 dBm 100.002 MHz 5 ms Reference-/ Unit max level START FREQUENCY -10.0 1.000000 MHz...
  • Page 129 Screen FSIQ The following graphic elements are displayed in the diagram area: Status information Hint at irregularity (e.g. UNCAL) In addition the status display displays MAX / REF LVL, if the maximum level and the reference level have different values . UNCAL "UNCAL"...
  • Page 130 FSIQ Screen This label displays the position of the last selected marker or Marker/Deltamarker deltamarker in the x and y-directions and the marker/deltamarker index. As additional information, 2 fields in square brackets are provided which contain the curve which the marker is assigned to and the active measuring function of the marker indicated.
  • Page 131 Screen FSIQ Indication of user instrument settings which influence the measuring Instrument settings result and which are not immediately obvious when viewing the (Enhancement Labels) measured values. The current instrument setting does not correspond to the one which applied when one of the displayed curves had been stored. This occurs under the following circumstances: •...
  • Page 132 FSIQ Screen Subtraction Trace 1 - Trace <n> active (<n>: numeric value) or 1-<n> subtraction Trace 1 - Reference Line active (<n>: R) Subtraction Trace 2 - Trace <n> active (<n>: numeric value) or 2-<n> subtraction Trace 1 - Reference Line active (<n>: R) Subtraction Trace 3 - Trace <n>...
  • Page 133 Screen FSIQ Display of the x-scaling. Frequency axis labeling The distance between two grid lines is displayed in this label. 123.4 ms/Div The set center frequency or start frequency is displayed in this label depending on whether the keys CENTER/SPAN or START/STOP were Center 1.2345678901234 GHz last pressed.

  • Page 134: Full Screen

    FSIQ Screen Full Screen In the full-screen mode, the settings and measurements are performed in the active visible window. All indications on the screen refer to this window. The designation (SCREEN A or SCREEN B) is inserted as enhancement label A or B on the right diagram margin. Switching between the windows is by means of DISPLAY key.

  • Page 135: Softkey Area

    Screen FSIQ Softkey Area The setup of the softkey area is independent of the operating mode. It consists of the following graphic elements: Menu title SOFTKEY MENU TITLE (used as reference name, too, e.g., in the index of the context- SOFTKEY sensitive help function) LABEL 1...

  • Page 136: Changing The Menu

    FSIQ Screen Changing the Menu With manual control, the FSIQ can be operated via the front-panel keys, the external keyboard or with a mouse. Operation is menu-controlled. Various softkey menus are displayed depending on the instrument status. The individual menus constitute the so-called menu tree. The top menu (the root of the menu tree) is always called by means of a keystroke.
  • Page 137 Screen FSIQ Left-hand supplementary menu Main menu Right-hand supplementary menu Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softk ey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softk ey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Softkey Fig.

  • Page 138: Setting The Parameters

    FSIQ Setting the Parameters Setting the Parameters Data Entry Instrument parameters can be entered in an entry window or in a table via the numeric keypad on the front panel ( DATA ENTRY ), an external keyboard and the roll-key. The numeric keypad DATA ENTRY is provided for entry of numeric parameters (e.g., the start frequency).

  • Page 139: Roll-Key And Cursor Keys

    Setting the Parameters FSIQ D A T A E N T R Y Adds an exponent (E-xx) to the end of the numeric string. Deletes the character left to the cursor with numeric entry. D A T A E N T R Y After entry has been terminated it allows for toggling between the current parameter and the previous value (UNDO function).

  • Page 140: Entry Windows

    FSIQ Setting the Parameters Entry Windows Setting Up the Entry Window The instrument parameters are not entered at the location where the parameter is displayed but in an individual entry window. The entry window is called by a softkey or a hardkey and is used for definition of numeric or alphanumeric instrument parameters (START FREQUENCY by way of example): Headline with parameter designation...

  • Page 141: Editing Of Numeric Parameters

    Setting the Parameters FSIQ There are two types of entry windows: The editing line of the entry window for numeric START FREQUENCY parameters allows for display of up to 24 10.2457535 GHZ characters. Horizontal scrolling is not possible in START FREQUENCY OUT OF RANGE the editing line.

  • Page 142: Editing Of Alphanumeric Parameters

    FSIQ Setting the Parameters Editing of Alphanumeric Parameters Generally, the regulations for numeric parameters analogously apply for alphanumeric parameters. Note the exceptions given below: • Alphanumeric parameters are not displayed with a unit. • The four unit keys adopt the function of the ENTER key. •...

  • Page 143: Shifting Mode

    Setting the Parameters FSIQ Table Entry The FSIQ uses numerous tables for indication and configuration of instrument parameters. The tables differ very much in the number of lines, columns and inscriptions and have a different functionality. Tables are represented in a non-transparent form. The size is predefined and cannot be modified. If a mouse is connected, the tables may be shifted on the display without covering the softkeys.

  • Page 144: Editing Mode

    FSIQ Setting the Parameters Editing Mode A table element which is marked by a cursor can be editied as follows: • by pressing one of the unit keys on the front panel or the ENTER key on the external keyboard. •...

  • Page 145: Disabling The Control Elements - Hold Key

    Disabling the Control Elements FSIQ Disabling the Control Elements - HOLD Key The individual softkeys have the following functions: The functions of the HOLD menu allow for disabling individual control D A T A V AR I A T I O N elements or the complete instrument control.

  • Page 146: Setting The Stepsize - Step Key

    FSIQ Setting the Step Size Setting the Stepsize - STEP Key A number of numeric instrument parameters allow for step-by-step incrementing or decrementing the value in the editing line of the entry window using the keys or the roll-key. The stepsize used with the cursor keys can be specified for the selected parameters in the STEP menu.

  • Page 147: Mouse And External Keyboard Control

    Mouse and External Keyboard Control FSIQ Mouse and External Keyboard Control External Keyboard Control The connection of an external keyboard provides additional characters for the entry (letters and special characters). It is permitted to use both, front panel keys and the external keyboard, for control. The number, cursor and sign keys have the same effect as the corresponding front panel keys.

  • Page 148: Data Entry Windows With Mouse Control

    FSIQ Mouse and External Keyboard Control Data Entry Windows with Mouse Control With a mouse being connected, additional functions are provided in the entry windows. Therefore, buttons are displayed in the entry window. Essentially, the definitions which have been made for all types of entry window also apply for mouse control.

  • Page 149: Mouse Control Of Further Display Elements

    Mouse and External Keyboard Control FSIQ Mouse Control of Further Display Elements All display and control elements (enhancement labels, soft keys, function fields, display and limit lines) which can be displayed on the display screen can also be controlled by the mouse. Each soft key or key is assigned to a display element.

  • Page 150: Menu Overview

    FSIQ Menu Overview Menu Overview System Key Group SCREEN COUPLING MODE DISPLAY COUPLED SYSTEM FULL PRESET SCREEN SPLIT HORIZONTAL SCREEN SCALING INFO DISPLAY VERTICAL SCALING ACTIVE COUPLING SCREEN A CONTROL ACTIVE SCREEN B ACTIVE SCREEN C ACTIVE SCREEN D SCREEN SCREENS COUPLING UNCOUPLED...
  • Page 151 Menu Overview FSIQ SYSTEM CALIBRATE CALIBRATE PRESET CAL SHORT RESULTS CAL TOTAL DISPLAY INFO RES BW CAL LOG LO SUPP CAL I/Q PRESEL FSIQ26 PAGE UP PEAK and FSIQ40 CAL CORR PAGE DOWN INFO SYSTEM FIRMWARE VERSIONS PRESET HARDWARE+ DISPLAY INFO SELFTEST OPTIONS...

  • Page 152: Configuration Key Group

    FSIQ Menu Overview Configuration Key Group CONFIGURATION MODE MODE ANALYZER SETUP Option Tracking VECTOR ANALYZER TRACKING Generator; DIGITAL DEMOD GENE RATOR see below VECTOR DIGITAL ANALYZER STANDARDS DIGITAL DEMOD ANALOG see below DEMOD DEMOD GSM MS MODULATION Option FSE-K10; see below ANALYZER see manual of option PARAMETER...
  • Page 153 Menu Overview FSIQ CONFIGURATION VECTOR ANALYZER DIGITAL DEMOD MODE M EAS MODE SI GNAL ANALY ZER Modulation FSK M AGNI TUDE ER ROR SETUP SI GNAL Option Tracking M AGNI TUD E TRACKING Generator; GENERA TOR see below F REQU ENCY VECTOR V ECTOR ANALYZER...
  • Page 154 FSIQ Menu Overview VECTOR ANALYZER CONFIGURATION ANALOG DEMOD / REAL TIME ON MODE VECTOR HIGH PAS S ANALYZER AF FILTER MODE DIGITA L STANDAR DS A NALYZER SETUP NON E 30 Hz DIGITAL 300 Hz DEMOD R ECEIVER DEMOD S ETT I NGS HIGH PASS ANALOG Option...
  • Page 155 Menu Overview FSIQ VECTOR ANALYZER CONFIGURATION ANALOG DEMOD / REAL TIME OFF MODE VECTOR ANALYZER MODE DIGITA L STANDAR DS A NALYZER SETUP DIGITAL DEMOD DEMOD S ETT I NGS ANALOG Option TRACKING DEMOD LOW PAS S Tracking Generator; GENERATOR AF FILTER see below MODULATION...
  • Page 156 FSIQ Menu Overview CONFIGURATION TRACKING GENERATOR MODE MODE ANA LYZER SETUP Option TRACKIN G TRACKING GENERATOR Tracking Generator GENE RATOR SOURCE VECTOR see above ANALYZE R SOURCE POWER POWER OFFSET SOURCE SOURCE Option FSE-K10; GSM MS see manual of option ANALYZER FREQUENCY TRANS...
  • Page 157 Menu Overview FSIQ SETUP OP TI O NS CONFIGURATION TRANSDUCER EN ABLE NEW OPTION MODE PREAMP SETUP GENERAL SETUP PRESELECT GPIB ADDRESS SE RV IC E USE R INPUT PORT A OPTIONS USER INPUT PORT B REFERENCE N OIS E FIRMWARE PORT1 SOU RCE...

  • Page 158: Hardcopy Key Group

    FSIQ Menu Overview Hardcopy Key Group HARDCOPY SETTINGS HARDCOPY COPY SCREEN START COPY TRACE SETTINGS COPY TABLE SELECT SELECT QUADRANT QUADRANT UPPER ENTER ENTER LEFT TEXT TEXT LOWER COMMENT HARDCOPY LEFT SCREEN A DEVICE COMMENT UPPER HARDCOPY SCREEN B RIGHT DEVICE LOWER SETTINGS...

  • Page 159: Frequency Key Group

    Menu Overview FSIQ Frequency Key Group VECTOR ANALYZER ANALYZER FREQUENCY CENTER CENTER SPAN CENTER CENTER CENTER FREQUENCY MANUAL START STOP START FIXED SPAN FIXED STOP FIXED FREQUENCY FREQUENCY OFFSET OFFSET MIXER MIXER FREQ AXIS FREQ AXIS INTERNAL INTERNAL MIXER MIXER EXTERNAL EXTERNAL FREQUENCY...
  • Page 160 FSIQ Menu Overview START FREQ FREQUENCY START CENTER SPAN MANUAL CENTER FIXED START STOP SPAN FIXED STOP The START key has no FIXED function in vector analysis mode. FREQ AXIS STOP FREQ FREQUENCY STOP CENTER SPAN MANUAL START FIXED START STOP CENTER FIXED...

  • Page 161: Level Key Group, Input Key

    Menu Overview FSIQ Level Key Group, Input Key ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER REF LEVEL RE F LEVEL REF LEVEL LEVEL MAX LEVEL REF LEVEL REF LEVEL AUTO MAX LEVEL REF LEVEL REF LEVEL MANUAL OFFSET OFFSET RANGE GRID UNIT Option FSE-B13, ATTEN STEP ATTEN STEP Option FSE-B13,...
  • Page 162 FSIQ Menu Overview ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER LEVEL LEV EL RANGE LEVEL RANGE LOG 120 dB SC ALE LOG 1 00 dB Y PER DIV U NIT RANGE Y UN IT REF VA LUE L OG[dB ] LOG 5 0 dB Y A XIS Y U NIT LIN EAR...

  • Page 163: Marker Key Group

    Menu Overview FSIQ Marker Key Group ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER MARKER MARKER MARKER NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL SEARCH MARKER MARKER 1 MARKER 1 DEMOD MKR DEMOD DELTA MARKER 2 MARKER 2 MARKER 3 DIGITAL POLAR MKR MARKER 4 DEMOD MA/PH SIGNAL DIGITAL POLAR MKR COUNT DEMOD...

  • Page 164: Normal Search

    FSIQ Menu Overview ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER DELTA DELTA MARKER MARKER MARKER DELTA 1 DELTA 1 NORMAL SEARCH DELTA 2 DELTA 2 DELTA DELTA 3 DELTA 4 PHASE NOISE REFERENCE REFERENCE POINT POINT REF POINT REFERENCE LEVEL FIXED REF POINT DELTA MKR DELTA MKR LVL OFFSET REF POINT...
  • Page 165 Menu Overview FSIQ VECTOR ANALYZER ANALYZER MARKER SUMMARY MARKER MARKER SEARCH MARKER SEARCH NORMAL SEARCH MAX |PEAK| PEAK PEAK NEXT PEAK + PEAK DELTA NEXT PEAK MAX |PEAK| - PEAK RIGHT NEXT PEAK SUM MKR ± PEAK/2 LEFT SUM MKR SUMMARY MARKER SUMMARY...
  • Page 166 FSIQ Menu Overview ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER MARKER MARKER MARKER PEAK PEAK NORMAL SEARCH CENTER DELTA REF LEVEL AUTOSCALE MKR->CF STEPSIZE START STOP TRACE TRACE SELECT SELECT MARKER MARKER ACTIVE ACTIVE DELTA DELTA 1119.5063.12 3.41 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 167: Lines Key Group

    Menu Overview FSIQ Lines Key Group ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER SPAN = 0 SPAN = 0 DISPLAY DISPLAY LINES D LINES LINES LINES DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY D LINES LINE 1 LINE 1 LINE 1 DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY LINE 2 LINE 2 LINE 2 LIMITS THRESHOLD...

  • Page 168: Trace Key Group

    FSIQ Menu Overview Trace Key Group VECTOR ANALYZER ANALYZER DIGITAL MOD TRACE 1 TRACE TRACE 1 TRACE 1 CLEAR/ CLEAR/ ANALOG TR WRITE WRITE VIEW VIEW BLANK BLANK CONTINOUS TRACE TRACE MATH AVERAGE WRITE MATH T1-T2+REF -> T1 AVERAGE MAX HOLD T1-T3+REF ->...

  • Page 169: Sweep Key Group

    Menu Overview FSIQ Sweep Key Group ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER DIGITAL DEMOD ANALOG DEMOD SWEEP TRIGGER TRIGGER TRIGGER TRIGGER FREE RUN FREE RUN FREE RUN VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO SWEEP R B W EXTERN EXTERN LINE V B W TRIGGER EXTERN SIGNAL S W T...
  • Page 170 FSIQ Menu Overview ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER SWEEP SWEEP SWEEP CONTINOUS CONTINOUS TRIGGER SWEEP SWEEP SINGLE SINGLE GAP SWEEP SWEEP SWEEP SWEEP SETTINGS TRIGGER SWEEP TIME LEVEL AUTO SWEEP SWEEP TIME TRIGGER COUNT MANUAL TRG TO GAP SWEEP SWEEP ANALOG TIME COUPLING TIME COUNT...
  • Page 171 Menu Overview FSIQ ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER COUPLED COUPLED COUPLED SWEEP FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS RES BW RBW 1 kHz TRIGGER IF BW MANUAL AUTO RES BW RBW<=1kHz IF BW AUTO NORM SWEEP MANUAL VIDEO BW MANUAL VIDEO BW COUPLING AUTO SWEEP TIME MANUAL SWEEP TIME AUTO...

  • Page 172: Memory Key Group

    FSIQ Menu Overview Memory Key Group MEMORY SAVE MEMORY EDIT NAME SAVE EDIT PATH RECALL EDIT COMMENT SEL ITEMS TO SAVE CONFIG SELECT SEL ITEMS ITEMS TO SAVE ENABLE DATA SET ALL ITEMS LIST DISABLE DATA SET ALL ITEMS CLEAR DATA SET CLEAR ALL PAGE UP...
  • Page 173 Menu Overview FSIQ MEMORY MEMORY RECALL EDIT NAME SAVE EDIT PATH RECALL AUTO SEL ITEMS RECALL TO RECALL CONFIG SELECT SEL ITEMS ITEMS TO RECALL DATA SET ENABLE LIST ALL ITEMS DATA SET DISABLE CLEAR ALL ITEMS DATA SET CLEAR ALL PAGE UP PAGE DOWN DEFAULT...

  • Page 174: User Key Group

    FSIQ Menu Overview User Key Group USER USER (MACRO 1) DEFINE (MACRO 2) MACRO RECORD (MACRO 3) DEFINE (MACRO 4) PAUSE (MACRO 5) (MACRO 6) (MACRO 7) DELETE MACRO MACRO DEFINE TITLE MACRO SELECT MACRO 1119.5063.12 3.49 E-12 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 175 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 176 FSIQ Contents - "Instrument Functions" Contents - Chapter 4 "Instrument Functions" 4 Instrument Functions General Configuration – SYSTEM and CONFIGURATION Key Groups........4.2 FSIQ Initial Configuration – PRESET Key ................4.2 Display Configuration – DISPLAY Key ..................4.3 Display Screen Mode Selection..................4.4 Measurement Window Coupling ...................
  • Page 177 Contents - "Instrument Functions" FSIQ Macros – USER Key ........................4.62 Fundamentals ........................4.62 Starting Macros........................4.63 Defining Macros........................4.64 Analyzer Mode..........................4.66 Frequency and Span Selection – FREQUENCY Key Group ..........4.67 Start Frequency – START Key ..................4.67 Stop Frequency –...
  • Page 178 FSIQ Contents - "Instrument Functions" Vector Analyzer Mode ......................... 4.174 Selecting the Operating Mode ..................... 4.175 Analog Demodulation Methods.................... 4.177 Selecting the Modulation Parameters ............... 4.181 Selecting the Audio Signal..................4.186 Triggering with Analog Demodulation - Softkey TRIGGER or Hardkey TRIGGER... 4.194 Setting the Display Range and the Scaling - Softkey RANGE or Hardkey RANGE..
  • Page 179 Contents - "Instrument Functions" FSIQ Tracking Generator Option ......................4.277 Tracking Generator Settings....................4.278 Transmission Measurement ....................4.279 Calibration of Transmission Measurement..............4.279 Normalization......................4.281 Reflection Measurement...................... 4.285 Calibration of Reflection Measurement ..............4.285 Functioning of Calibration ....................4.286 Frequency-Converting Measurements ................4.287 External Modulation of Tracking Generator.................

  • Page 180: Instrument Functions

    FSIQ Instrument Functions 4 Instrument Functions All functions of the spectrum analyzer are explained in detail in this chapter. The instrument functions for general settings, printout and data management are described at the beginning of this chapter – key groups SYSTEM , CONFIGURATION , HARDCOPY , MEMORY and the USER key.

  • Page 181: General Configuration - System And Configuration Key Groups

    PRESET key. For further information refer to section "Saving and Recalling Data Sets". Pressing the PRESET key, causes the FSIQ to enter its initial state according to the following table: Table 4-1 Initial State of FSIQ Parameter Setting FSIQ3 FSIQ7 FSIQ26 FSIQ40 Mode analyzer Analyzer...

  • Page 182: Display Configuration - Display Key

    FSIQ Display Configuration Display Configuration – DISPLAY Key The display of the measurement results on the FSIQ display screen takes place in either one or two measurement windows. In some cases, the two windows can be subdivided into two diagrams each, e. g.

  • Page 183: Display Screen Mode Selection

    Display Configuration FSIQ SYSTEM DISPLAY menu: The DISPLAY key calls a menu which is used to configure DISPLAY SYSTEM FULL the display screen and to select the active measurement PRESET SCREEN window in SPLIT-SCREEN mode. SPLIT SCREEN INFO DISPLAY ACTIVE SCREEN A ACTIVE SCREEN B...

  • Page 184: Measurement Window Coupling

    FSIQ Display Configuration Measurement Window Coupling For the most part, the settings for the two windows can be either independently performed or coupled to one another. In many cases, when changes are made in one window (e.g., the reference level) it is desirable to also make the corresponding changes in the second window.

  • Page 185: Display Screen Configuration

    Display Configuration FSIQ Display Screen Configuration SYSTEM DISPLAY-CONFIG DISPLAY submenu: The CONFIG DISPLAY softkey calls a CONFIG CONFIG DISPLAY DISPLAY submenu and its supplementary menu, in CONFIG TIME SELECT which the selection of color and brightness DISPLAY OBJECT for the individual elements on the display DISPLAY screen takes place.
  • Page 186 FSIQ Display Configuration The TINT softkey activates the entry of the color tint of the selected element. TINT The entered value is related to a continuous color spectrum ranging from red (0%) to blue (100%). The TINT function is not available for monochrome (black/white) displays. The SATURATION softkey activates the entry of the color saturation for the SATURATION selected element.
  • Page 187 Display Configuration FSIQ SYSTEM DISPLAY - CONFIG DISPLAY DATAENTRY FIELD Untermenü: The DATAENTRY FIELD softkey displays a submenu used to specify DATAENTRY FIELD the position and characteristics of the data entry field. DATAENTRY DATAENTRY FIELD DATAENTRY DEFAULT POSITION DATAENTRY OPAQUE The DATAENTRY X DATAENTRY softkey shifts the position of the data entry field...

  • Page 188: Fsiq Calibration - Cal Key

    FSIQ Calibration FSIQ Calibration – CAL Key The FSIQ maintains its high measurement accuracy through the application of numerous self-calibration techniques. The CAL hard key provides a series of calibration functions which allow not only the calibration of the complete instrument, but also calibration functions which are specifically applicable to the measurement requirements of relevant instrument sections.

  • Page 189: Calibration Function Calls

    Calibration FSIQ Calibration Function Calls SYSTEM CAL menu: The CAL SHORT softkey starts a short calibration, in which the absolute gain SHORT of the analyzer as well as the gain errors of the selected bandwidth are corrected. The CAL TOTAL softkey starts a complete calibration of the analyzer TOTAL including additional partial calibrations shown in the menu.
  • Page 190 FSIQ Calibration The PRESEL PEAK softkey optimizes the tuning of the preselector for input PRESEL PEAK signals in the frequency range above 7 GHz. This calibration should be used whenever signal levels in the frequency range above 7 GHz are to be measured and high accuracy is desired. If a marker is not active when the PRESEL PEAK softkey is pressed, marker 1 is activated as the reference marker and placed on the signal maximum in the active trace.

  • Page 191: Calibration Results

    Calibration FSIQ Calibration Results SYSTEM CAL menu: The CAL RESULTS softkey in the right-hand supplementary menu calls the RESULTS CALIBRATION RESULTS table, which shows the correction data found during calibration. The CALIBRATION RESULTS table contains the following information: page 1: •...

  • Page 192: Instrument Status And Measurement Parameters - Info Key

    FSIQ Instrument Status and Measurement Parameters Instrument Status and Measurement Parameters – INFO Key SYSTEM INFO menu: The INFO key is used to request general information INFO SYSTEM concerning the instrument. These include: INSTRUMENT PRESET SETTINGS • firmware version FIRMWARE •...

  • Page 193: Hardware Configuration And Options

    Instrument Status and Measurement Parameters FSIQ Hardware Configuration and Options SYSTEM INFO menu: The HARDWARE+OPTIONS softkey opens two tables in which the modules HARDWARE+ OPTION (INSTALLED COMPONENTS) installed in the instrument are listed. • Table MODEL lists the instrument name and model: MODEL FSIQ 26 •...

  • Page 194: Self Test

    FSIQ Instrument Status and Measurement Parameters Self Test SYSTEM INFO - SELFTEST submenu: The SELFTEST softkey opens a submenu with which the self test SELFTEST can be started. EXECUTE SELFTEST TESTS instrument extensive self test functions which comprehensively test instrument functionality. In case of a fault, the instrument can locate a defective module on its own.

  • Page 195: System Messages

    Instrument Status and Measurement Parameters FSIQ System Messages The SYSTEM MESSAGES softkey opens a submenu including a table in which the generated system messages are displayed. The most recent messages are at the top of the list. The following information is presented: Device specific three digit error code (shown as XXX in the figure) MESSAGE Brief description of the reason for the message...

  • Page 196: Statistics Function For Input Attenuator Switching

    FSIQ Instrument Status and Measurement Parameters Statistics Function for Input Attenuator Switching SYSTEM INFO menu: The STATISTICS softkey calls a submenu for indication of STATISTICS device statistics. STATISTIC SWITCHES The ATT SWITCHES softkey displays various tables listing the mechanical ATTEN SWITCHES switches and attenuators fitted in the instrument, plus the number of switching operations for the respective switch or attenuator.

  • Page 197: Mode Selection - Mode Key

    Mode Selection FSIQ Mode Selection – MODE Key The FSIQ can be operated in one of several modes, each of which is different with respect to functionality and control. The differences in control, however, consist not only in the enabling/disabling of additional softkeys within existing softkey menus, but rather in the fact that existing menus are completely replaced by new menus and menu trees which are tailored to the functional requirements.
  • Page 198 FSIQ Mode Selection Softkey VECTOR ANALYZER selects the vector analysis mode. VECTOR ANALYZER In the vector analyzer mode the FSIQ is automatically set to a fixed frequency (center frequency) since vector analysis can only be carried out on one frequency. The IF signal is digitized by the selected resolution bandwidth after filtering and mixed into the baseband by a digital mixer.

  • Page 199: Preliminary Setup And Interface Configuration - Setup Key

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ Preliminary Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key CONFIGURATION SETUP menu: The SETUP key opens the menu for CONFIGURATION SETUP SETUP configuration of the FSIQ. FIRMWARE TRANSDUCER MODE UPDATE TRANSDUCER softkey opens submenu to consider the characteristics of transducers in the test result.

  • Page 200: Activating Transducer Factors And Transducer Sets

    FSIQ Configuration/Setup Several factors can be compiled in a transducer set provided that all factors have the same unit or unit "dB". The frequency range covered by a set can be subdivided into max. 10 subranges (each with up to 4 transducer factors) which follow each other without a gap, ie the stop frequency of a subrange is the start frequency of the next subrange.

  • Page 201: Configuration Setup Menu

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ CONFIGURATION SETUP Menu USER TRANSDUCER ACTIVE TRANSDUCER FACTOR TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCER Name: Cable_1 Freq range: 0 Hz FACTOR Unit: 2.000 GHz TRANSDUCER Comment: Cable length 1.50 m, No.112234 TRANSDUCER FACTOR TRANSDUCER SET EDIT TRD Unit Name Unit Name FACTOR Antenna1 dBµV/m Antenna...

  • Page 202: New Entry And Editing Of Transducer Factors

    FSIQ Configuration/Setup The DELETE FACTOR/SET softkey deletes the marked factor or set. To DELETE FACTOR/SET avoid deletion by mistake, deletion has to be confirmed. MESSAGE Do you really want to delete factor or set? The PAGE UP and PAGE DOWN softkeys are used to scroll in large tables PAGE UP which cannot fully be displayed on the screen.
  • Page 203 Configuration/Setup FSIQ The EDIT TRD FACTOR and NEW FACT/SET softkeys EDIT TRD NEW TRD FACTOR/SET FACTOR both open the submenu for editing and entering new transducer factors. A precondition for the NEW FACTOR/SET softkey is that the selection bar is located in the table when the table TRANSDUCER FACTOR is called up.
  • Page 204 FSIQ Configuration/Setup The TRD FACTOR NAME softkey activates the entry of the transducer factor TRD FACTOR NAME characteristics in the header field of the table. Name - Entry of name A maximum of 8 characters is permissible for the name. The characters have to comply with the convention of DOS file names.
  • Page 205 Configuration/Setup FSIQ Fig. 4-3 Logarithmic frequency axis and logarithmic interpolation Fig. 4-4 Logarithmic frequency axis and linear interpolation Comment - Entry of a comment The comment can be freely selected. It can have a maximum number of 50 characters. The TRD FACTOR VALUES softkey activates the entry for the reference TRD FACTOR VALUES values of the transducer factor.

  • Page 206: New Entry And Editing Of Transducer Sets

    FSIQ Configuration/Setup New Entry and Editing of Transducer Sets A transducer set is characterized by: − maximum 10 ranges ( Ranges ) in which different transducer factors can be active − the combination of several transducer factors per range ( Factor ) −...
  • Page 207 Configuration/Setup FSIQ An overwritten transducer set remains stored in the background as long as the edited factor is stored with the SAVE TRD SET softkey or until the table is closed. A set overwritten by mistake can be restored by leaving the entry. The TRD SET NAME softkey activates the entry of the transducer set TRANSD SET NAME...
  • Page 208 FSIQ Configuration/Setup Softkey TRANSD SET RANGES activates the entry of subranges and the TRANSD SET RANGES associated transducer factors. The selection bar marks the frequency values last active. Start - Entry of start frequency of subrange Stop - Entry of stop frequency of subrange The individual subranges have to be linked without a gap.
  • Page 209 Configuration/Setup FSIQ The INSERT LINE softkey inserts a free line above the marked subrange. INSERT LINE The DELETE LINE softkey deletes the marked subrange (whole line). The DELETE following subranges move up. LINE In both cases FSIQ checks that the ranges follow each other without a gap. The SAVE TRD SET softkey saves the changed table in a file on the internal SAVE TRD hard disk.

  • Page 210: Enabling Firmware Options

    FSIQ Configuration/Setup Enabling Firmware Options CONFIGURATION SETUP menu: The OPTIONS softkey opens a submenu for entering keywords for new OPTIONS firmware options (Application Firmware Modules). Options which are already available are indicated in a table that is opened when the menu is called. The ENABLE OPTION softkey activates the entry of a ENABLE NEW OPTION...

  • Page 211: Service Functions

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ Service Functions The service menu offers a variety of additional function which are used in maintenance and/or trouble shooting. The service functions are not necessary for normal measurements, however, incorrect use can impair the functionality and/or data integrity of the FSIQ. Therefore, many of the functions can only be used after entering a password.
  • Page 212 FSIQ Configuration/Setup CONFIGURATION SETUP SERVICE menu: The REFERENCE ADJUST softkey opens a submenu used to REFERENCE ADJUST adjust the frequency precision of the reference oscillator. REFERENCE The value should be modified only after the frequency REFERENCE ADJUST precision was checked and found to be erroneous (setting REFERENCE range 0 to 4095).

  • Page 213: Programming The Interface Configuration And Time

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ Programming the Interface Configuration and Time The GENERAL SETUP softkey branches to a sub-menu in which the basic setup of general instrument parameters may be performed. The current settings are displayed in tabular form on the display screen where they may then be edited.

  • Page 214: User Port Configuration

    FSIQ Configuration/Setup User Port Configuration The instrument provides two parallel interfaces, each of which is 8 bits wide. Over these ports, arbitrary bit patterns can be output or input. The interfaces are designated USER PORT A and USER PORT B . CONFIGURATION SETUP-GENERAL SETUP submenu : The USER PORT A and USER PORT B softkeys activate the columns PORT USER...

  • Page 215: Serial Interface Configuration

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ Serial Interface Configuration CONFIGURATION SETUP-GENERAL SETUP submenu: The COM PORT 1 and COM PORT 2 softkeys activate the columns COM1 PORT 1 and COM2, respectively, for entry of the serial interface parameters Since the two interfaces are configured in the same manner, how to configure an interface is described in the following using COM PORT 1 .
  • Page 216 FSIQ Configuration/Setup Parity – Bit parity check NONE no parity check (default setting) EVEN even parity check odd parity check PARITY NONE EVEN Stop bits – Number of stop bits Available are 1 and 2. The default setting is 1 stop bit. STOPBITS HW-Handshake –...

  • Page 217: Setting Date And Time

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ Owner – Assignment of the interface The serial interface can be assigned alternatively to the instrument measurement section or the computer section. INSTRUMENT The interface is assigned to the instrument measurement section. Outputs to the interface from the computer are not possible and, so to say, land nowhere.

  • Page 218: Connecting The External Monitor

    FSIQ Configuration/Setup Connecting the External Monitor Submenu CONFIGURATION SETUP - GENERAL SETUP : MONITOR The MONITOR CONNECTED softkey informs the unit that an external CONNECTED monitor is available at PC MONITOR connector The external monitor displays the Windows NT mask. Switching the Beeper ON/OFF CONFIGURATION SETUP-GENERAL SETUP submenu : The KEY CLICK ON/OFF softkey switches the beeper on or off.

  • Page 219: Firmware Update

    Configuration/Setup FSIQ Firmware Update The installation of a new firmware version can be performed using the built-in diskette drive. The firmware update kit contains several diskettes. The installation program is called up in the SETUP menu. CONFIGURATION SETUP sidemenu: FIRMWARE The FIRMWARE UPDATE softkey opens the submenu for FIRMWARE UPDATE...

  • Page 220: Status Display-Remote/Manual Control - Status Key Group

    FSIQ Manual Control Status Display-Remote/Manual Control – STATUS Key Group The SRQ LED, the REMOTE LED and the LOCAL . key are contained in the STATUS STATUS key group. The SRQ LED indicates that a service request from the instrument has ì...

  • Page 221: Measurement Documentation - Hardcopy Key Group

    Documentation of Measurement Results FSIQ Measurement Documentation – HARDCOPY Key Group Printing Data – START Key The instrument uses the printer function of Windows NT to output hardcopies. Any printer supported by Windows NT can be used. In addition, the instrument permits data output in the usual data formats WMF, EWMF and BMP which enable hardcopies to be directly inserted into other documents.
  • Page 222 FSIQ Documentation of Measurement Results While a print job is in progress, problems may occur in the output device. If, while printing, the output device issues a PAPER OUT message, i.e., no more paper is available, the user will be prompted by the following message ERROR Paper out on device LPT...

  • Page 223: Printing Configuration - Settings Key

    Documentation of Measurement Results FSIQ Printing Configuration – SETTINGS Key HARDCOPY SETTINGS menu: The SETTINGS key opens the menu to define the output HARDCOPY SETTINGS configuration for diagrams and measurement curves to the HARDCOPY COPY various output channels, e.g., printer, plotter or files. SCREEN START The recommended procedure for configuring the output data is...

  • Page 224: Selection Of Displayed Elements And Colour Settings

    FSIQ Documentation of Measurement Results Selection of Displayed Elements and Colour Settings HARDCOPY SETTINGS menu: With softkey COPY SCREEN the output of test results is selected. COPY SCREEN All the diagrams, traces, markers, marker lists, display lines, limit lines etc. are printed out as long as they are displayed on the screen.

  • Page 225: Selection Of Hardcopy Format

    Documentation of Measurement Results FSIQ Selection of Hardcopy Format HARDCOPY SETTINGS-SELECT QUADRANT submenu: The SELECT QUADRANT softkey calls the the submenu for SELECT QUADRANT selection of QUADRANT the location of the display screen SELECT UPPER graphics on the printed page. QUADRANT LEFT LOWER...

  • Page 226: Entry Of Comment Text

    FSIQ Documentation of Measurement Results Entry of Comment Text HARDCOPY SETTINGS-ENTER TEXT submenu: The ENTER TEXT softkey calls the submenu for editing the ENTER TEXT commentary for the individual windows. The comment text COMMENT ENTER appears in the print-out, but does not appear on the display SCREEN A TEXT screen.

  • Page 227: Selection And Configuration Of The Output Device

    Documentation of Measurement Results FSIQ Selection and Configuration of the Output Device The instrument permits two different output devices to be configured. One of the devices is defined as the active device and can be used for hardcopies. The installation and configuration of these output devices is mainly done under Windows NT and is valid for all Windows applications (see Chapter 1, section "Connecting an Output Device").
  • Page 228 FSIQ Documentation of Measurement Results Device The selection of the output device/language for DEVICE 1 and DEVICE 2 is made in this line. HARDCOPY DEVICE SETTINGS Device1 WINDOWS METAFILE Print to File DEVICE Orientation CLIPBOARD Device2 CLIPBOARD WINDOWS METAFILE Print to File ENHANCED METAFILE Orientation BITMAP FILE...

  • Page 229: Saving And Recalling Data Sets - Memory Key Group

    Memory Configuration FSIQ Saving and Recalling Data Sets – MEMORY Key Group The keys in the MEMORY group call the following functions: • Functions for management of storage media ( CONFIG ). Included are among others functions for listing files, formatting storage media, copying, and deleting/renaming files. •...
  • Page 230 FSIQ Memory Configuration Table 4-2 Relationship between extensions, contents and designations of data subsets Extension Contents Designation in the table SEL ITEMS TO SAVE/RECALL Configuration data: .SET current settings of the measurement HARDWARE SETTINGS hardware and the related title, if present .LIN data-point tables for the active limit lines LINES...

  • Page 231: Configuration Of Memory - Config Key

    Memory Configuration FSIQ Configuration of Memory – CONFIG Key MEMORY CONFIG menu: The CONFIG key opens a menu for managing storage media and files. MEMORY Table Drive Management displays the name and label of the storage SAVE medium as well as the available storage area. Table File Management displays the files of the current directory and RECALL indicates if any subdirectories are present.
  • Page 232 FSIQ Memory Configuration The COPY softkey activates the input of the destination of the copy operation. COPY By entering a predefined disk drive (e.g. C:), a file can also be copied to another storage medium. The files/directories selected by the cursor are copied after the input is confirmed by pressing the ENTER key.

  • Page 233: Saving Data Sets - Save Key

    Saving Data Sets FSIQ Saving Data Sets – SAVE Key The SAVE key activates a menu which contains all functions necessary for saving instrument data. – Entry of the name of the data set which should be saved. Confirmation of the entry initiates a save operation to store the data set.
  • Page 234 FSIQ Saving Data Sets Selecting the Data Set for Storage MEMORY SAVE menu: The EDIT NAME softkey activates the entry of the name of the data set to be EDIT NAME saved. Data entry is concluded by pressing one of the units keys which initiates a save operation to store the data set.
  • Page 235 Saving Data Sets FSIQ Note: The current instrument configuration can be easily stored under the name of an existing data set: À Press a units key after selecting a data set The name and the selection of the data subsets for the currently selected data set will be placed in the SAVE DATA SET table.

  • Page 236: Selecting The Data Subset For Storage

    FSIQ Saving Data Sets Selecting the Data subset for Storage The SEL ITEMS TO SAVE softkey opens a sub-menu for selection of the data subsets. MEMORY SAVE-SELECT ITEMS TO SAVE sub-menu: USER SEL ITEMS TO SAVE SEL ITEMS SAVE DATA SET TO SAVE ITEMS: SELECT...

  • Page 237: Recalling Of Data Sets - Recall Key

    Recalling Data Sets FSIQ Recalling of Data Sets – RECALL Key The RECALL key activates a menu which contains all functions necessary for recalling data sets. – Entry of the name of the data set which should be recalled. Confirmation of the entry initiates a load operation to recall the data set.

  • Page 238: Selecting The Data Set For Recalling

    FSIQ Recalling Data Sets Selecting the Data Set for Recalling MEMORY RECALL menu: The EDIT NAME softkey activates the entry of a data set name. EDIT NAME The data input is terminated by pressing one of the units keys which simultaneously initiates the data set recall operation.

  • Page 239: Clear All

    Recalling Data Sets FSIQ see Chapter "Saving Data Sets" DATA SET LIST see Chapter "Saving Data Sets" DATA SET CLEAR see Chapter "Saving Data Sets" DATA SET CLEAR ALL The PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN softkey sets the DATA SET LIST table to the PAGE UP next or previous page.

  • Page 240: Building A Data Set

    FSIQ Recalling Data Sets Building a Data Set The SEL ITEMS TO RECALL softkey opens a sub-menu to select data subsets. MEMORY RECALL-SELECT ITEMS TO RECALL sub-menu: USER SEL ITEMS TO RECALL SEL ITEMS RECALL DATA SET TO RECALL SELECT NAME: DATASET1 PATH: C:\USER\CONFIG...

  • Page 241: Macros - User Key

    Macros FSIQ Macros – USER Key The FSIQ menus are so designed that the analyzer can be easily applied to most of the usual measurement tasks with a minimum number of key operations. However, the USER menu also permits a tailored adaptation of any necessary setup and measurement functions needed for special applications.

  • Page 242: Starting Macros

    FSIQ Macros Starting Macros USER menu The USER key opens a menu for selection and starting of USER MENU macros. The macros can be defined in the DEFINE MACRO USER (MACRO 1) submenu. (MACRO 2) (MACRO 3) (MACRO 4) (MACRO 5) (MACRO 6) (MACRO 7) DEFINE...

  • Page 243: Defining Macros

    Macros FSIQ Defining Macros In the DEFINE MACRO menu, all necessary softkeys needed for macro management are available. Included are functions for starting and ending macro programming, editing of a macro title, etc. USER DEFINE MACRO menu The DEFINE MACRO softkey calls the sub-menu to define DEFINE MACRO the macros.
  • Page 244 FSIQ Macros The DELETE MACRO softkey deletes the macro which was previously DELETE MACRO selected by the SELECT MACRO softkey. The softkey of the deleted title now carries its default label ( MACRO X , X = macro number) The MACRO TITLE softkey activates the entry of the title for the selected MACRO TITLE macro .

  • Page 245: Analyzer Mode

    Frequency and Span - Analyzer FSIQ Analyzer Mode The analyzer mode is activated in the CONFIGURATION MODE menu (see also Section ’Mode Selection - MODE Key’ MODE The ANALYZER softkey selects the ANALYZER mode. CONFIGURATION ANALYZER This mode is the default setting of the FSIQ. MODE The functions provided correspond to those of a RECEIVER...

  • Page 246: Frequency And Span Selection - Frequency Key Group

    FSIQ Analyzer - Frequency and Span Frequency and Span Selection – FREQUENCY Key Group The FREQUENCY key group is used to specify the frequency axis of the active measurement window. The frequency axis can be defined either by the start and stop frequency or by the center frequency and span.
  • Page 247 Frequency and Span - Analyzer FSIQ If the CENTER FIXED softkey is active, the center frequency remains CENTER FIXED constant when the start frequency is changed. The stop frequency is adjusted to the new frequency range. The FREQ AXIS LIN/LOG softkey switches between linear and logarithmic FREQ AXIS scaling of the frequency axis.

  • Page 248: Stop Frequency - Stop Key

    FSIQ Analyzer - Frequency and Span Stop Frequency – STOP Key FREQUENCY – STOP menu: The STOP key opens a menu which displays the various STOP FREQ FREQUENCY options for setting the stop frequency of the sweep . STOP CENTER SPAN MANUAL The STOP MANUAL softkey is automatically active and opens...

  • Page 249: Center Frequency - Center Key

    Frequency and Span - Analyzer FSIQ Center Frequency – CENTER Key FREQUENCY – CENTER menu: The CENTER softkey opens a menu which displays the FREQUENCY CENTER various options for setting the center frequency of the sweep. CENTER SPAN CENTER MANUAL The CENTER MANUAL softkey is automatically active and opens the entry window for manual input of the center START...
  • Page 250 FSIQ Analyzer - Frequency and Span If the SPAN FIXED softkey is active, the span remains constant when the SPAN FIXED center frequency is changed. The start and stop frequency are adjusted to the new frequency range. SPAN FIXED coupling is the default setting. If the START FIXED softkey is active, the start frequency remains constant START FIXED...

  • Page 251: Center Frequency Step Size

    Frequency and Span - Analyzer FSIQ Center Frequency Step Size The STEP key in the DATA VARIATION key group opens a menu for setting the step size of the center frequency. The step size can be coupled to the span (frequency domain) or the resolution bandwidth (time domain) or it can be manually set to a fixed value.
  • Page 252 FSIQ Analyzer - Frequency and Span Frequency domain: The AUTO 0.5 * SPAN softkey sets the step size of the AUTO 0.5 * SPAN center frequency entry to 50% of the span. The AUTO 0.5 * RBW softkey sets the step size of the Time domain: center frequency entry to 50% of the resolution bandwidth...

  • Page 253: Frequency Span - Span Key

    Frequency and Span - Analyzer FSIQ Frequency Span – SPAN Key FREQUENCY – SPAN menu: The SPAN key opens a menu which displays various FREQUENCY SPAN options for the selection of sweep span. SPAN CENTER SPAN MANUAL The SPAN MANUAL softkey is automatically active and START opens the entry window for manual input of the span.
  • Page 254 FSIQ Analyzer - Frequency and Span The LAST SPAN softkey switches the instrument between a detailed LAST SPAN measurement (given: center frequency and span) mode and an overview measurement ( FULL SPAN ) mode. The FULL SPAN softkey modifies the center frequency as well as the selected span.

  • Page 255: Display Zoom

    Frequency and Span - Analyzer FSIQ Display Zoom FREQUENCY SPAN- ZOOM submenu: The ZOOM softkey activates the zoom mode and opens a sub-menu to define the zoom span. ZOOM ZOOM MOVE ZOOM Two frequency lines, which show and define the frequency WINDOW range to be zoomed, appear in the active measurement window when the zoom mode is switched on.

  • Page 256: Level Display And Rf Input Configuration - Level Key Group

    FSIQ Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input Level Display and RF Input Configuration – LEVEL Key Group The REF and RANGE keys are used to set the reference level (= maximum RF input level, = overload limit), the maximum level (= upper grid level) , and the display range of the active window. The INPUT key sets the characteristics of the RF input (input impedance and input attenuation).
  • Page 257 Level Display/RF Input - Analyzer FSIQ The REF LEVEL soft key activates the entry of the reference level. The input REF LEVEL is made in the currently active units (dBm, dBµV, etc.). If the MAX LEVEL MANUAL softkey is active, a change of the reference level causes an equal amount of change in maximum level Thus, the separation between the overload limit of the analyzer to the upper grid edge remains the same.

  • Page 258: Display Units

    FSIQ Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input Display Units In general, a spectrum analyzer measures the signal voltage at the RF input. The level display is calibrated in rms values of an unmodulated sine wave signal. In the initial state, the level is displayed at a power of 1 milliwatt (= dBm).
  • Page 259 Level Display/RF Input - Analyzer FSIQ The dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBµA, dBpW soft keys set the display units to the corresponding logarithmic units. The dBm unit is the default unit in analyzer mode. The units dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBµA cannot be selected when the coded antenna connector or the used transducer defines a unit.
  • Page 260 FSIQ Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input The VOLT, AMPERE, WATT soft keys set the display units to the VOLT corresponding linear units. The units VOLT, AMPERE, WATT cannot be selected when the coded antenna connector or the transducer table defines one of the following as units: AMPERE µV/m...

  • Page 261: Level Range - Range Key

    Level Display/RF Input - Analyzer FSIQ Level Range – RANGE Key LEVEL RANGE menu: The RANGE key calls a menu in which the range, linear or LEVEL RANGE LEVEL logarithmic the display scale, absolute or relative and the level units for the active window can be selected. LOG 120 dB The display range of the analyzer can be set in 10 dB LOG 100 dB...

  • Page 262: Rf Input Configuration - Input Key

    FSIQ Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input RF Input Configuration – INPUT Key In addition to manual entry of the input attenuation, the FSIQ provides an option which allows the RF attenuation, dependent on the selected reference level, to be automatically set. Thus, it is guaranteed that an optimum combination of RF attenuation and IF amplification is always used.
  • Page 263 Level Display/RF Input - Analyzer FSIQ The ATTEN AUTO NORMAL soft key sets the RF attenuation automatically ATTEN AUTO NORMAL independent of the selected reference level. The ATTEN AUTO LOW NOISE soft key sets the RF attenuation always ATTEN AUTO LOW NOISE 10dB lower than in the RF ATTEN AUTO mode .
  • Page 264 FSIQ Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input INPUT INPUT SELECT submenu: The INPUT SELECT soft key calls a submenu for selection of INPUT SELECT the input impedance of the RF input. INPUT RF INPUT The basic setting is 50 Ohm. By connecting an impedance 50 OHM SELECT converter RAM or RAZ ahead, the 50-Ohm input can be...

  • Page 265: Option 1 Db Attenuator - Fse-B13

    Level Display/RF Input - Analyzer FSIQ Option 1 dB Attenuator - FSE-B13 The option 1 dB Attenuator FSE-B13 is used to set the attenuator with a step size of 1 dB up to an upper limit frequency of 7 GHz. The attenuator with 1 dB stepping is connected in series after the main attenuator.
  • Page 266 FSIQ Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input On changing the frequency range for the stop frequency, the attenuator can be set as follows: Instrument setting: ATTENUATOR AUTO ≤ 7 GHz to F After switching from F > 7 GHz the reference level is re-calculated provided stop stop the attenuation previously set contained 1 dB steps.

  • Page 267: Marker Functions - Marker Key Group

    Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Marker Functions – MARKER Key Group The markers are used for marking points on measurement curves, reading out measurement values and for quickly selecting a display screen segment. Preselected measurement routines can be called by pressing a key in the marker menu.

  • Page 268: Normal Search

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers MARKER NORMAL menu: MARKER MARKER MARKER MARKER NORMAL SEARCH NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL POWER MEAS MARKER 1 SETTING MARKER 2 CHANNEL MARKER 3 POWER CP / ACP MARKER 4 SIGNAL SET CP COUNTER COUNT REFERENCE RESOL MARKER SIGNAL C / N...
  • Page 269 Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Pressing the MARKER 3 softkey switches MARKER 3 on and it becomes the reference maker. The previous reference marker remains enabled and the softkey remains illuminated. However, the entry mode for this marker is not now active. Instead, the entry window for MARKER 3 is opened and the position of MARKER 3 can be shifted.

  • Page 270: All Marker Off

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers If a marker (or, delta marker) necessary for a marker function is not available, it will be automatically checked whether or not the enabling of the corresponding marker is possible (see above). If this is not the case, a warning is issued.

  • Page 271: Lf Demodulation

    Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ The MARKER ZOOM softkey expands the area around the active marker. MARKER ZOOM With the zoom function, more details of the spectrum can be seen. The desired display range can be defined in an entry window. The following sweep is stopped at the position of the reference marker.
  • Page 272 FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers MARKER NORMAL-MARKER DEMOD submenu: The MARKER DEMOD softkey calls a sub-menu in which the MARKER DEMOD type demodulation desired, duration MARKER MKR DEMOD demodulation and the loudness may be selected DEMOD STOP TIME VOLUME The MKR DEMOD ON/OFF softkey switches the demodulation on/off. When MKR DEMOD the demodulation is on, the sweep is stopped at all marker frequencies, assuming the signal is over the threshold, and the signal is demodulated for...

  • Page 273: Frequency Measurement

    Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Frequency Measurement In order to perform an exact determination of the frequency of a signal, the FSIQ is equipped with an internal frequency counter. The frequency counter measures the frequency of the RF signal at the intermediate frequency.

  • Page 274: Noise Power Density Measurement

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers COUNTER RESOL softkey right-hand COUNTER RESOLUTION supplementary menu opens a sub-menu in which the COUNTER resolution of the frequency counter can be defined. 10 kHz RESOL The value can be selected between 0.1 Hz and 10 kHz. 1 kHz The time which the frequency counter requires for a measurement is proportional to the selected resolution.

  • Page 275: Channel Power Measurements

    Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Channel Power Measurements A modulated carrier is almost always used (exception e.g.,.: SSB-AM) for high-frequency transmission of information. As a result carrier modulation with information, the modulated carrier now occupies a frequency spectrum which is defined by the modulation, the transmission data rate and the filtering of the signal.

  • Page 276: Channel Configuration

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers Channel Configuration For all power measurements, a specified channel configuration is assumed which is, e.g. oriented on a specific radio communications system. The channel configuration is defined by the nominal channel frequency ( = center frequency of the FSIQ), the channel bandwidth ( CHANNEL BANDWIDTH ) and the channel spacing ( CHANNEL SPACING ).
  • Page 277 Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ The ACP STANDARD softkey activates the selection of a digital mobile-radio STANDARD standard. The parameters for the adjacent channel power measurement are set according to the regulations of the selected standard. The following standards can be selected: ACP STANDARD NONE NADC (IS-54 B)
  • Page 278 FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers The CH FILTER ON/OFF softkey switches a modulation filter for the channel CH FILTER power and adjacent channel power measurement on or off. When selecting the digital mobile-radio standards NADC and TETRA using the ADC STANDARD softkey, the softkey is automatically set to ON. When the other standards are selected, weighting is not selectable and the softkey is not available.
  • Page 279 Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ The EDIT ACP LIMITS opens a table for defining the limits for ACP- EDIT ACP LIMITS measurement. ACP LIMITS CHAN CHECK LOWER CHANNEL LIMIT UPPER CHANNEL LIMIT -50 dB -50 dB ALT1 -60 dB -60 dB ALT2 The limit values are defined either in units of dB (for CP/ACP REL ) or in dBm (for CP/ACP ABS ).

  • Page 280: Channel Power Measurements

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers Channel Power Measurement The CHANNEL POWER measurement is performed by an integration of the measurement points within the channel bandwidth. The channel is marked by two vertical lines to the left and to the right of the center frequency as defined by the channel bandwidth (see Fig.
  • Page 281 Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ The CP/ACP ABS/REL softkey (Channel Power/Adjacent Channel Power CP/ACP Absolute /Relative) switches between an absolute and relative display of the power measured in the channel or adjacent channel. Channel power measurement CP ABS The absolute value of the power is displayed in the unit of the Y axis, eg in dBm, dBV.

  • Page 282: Measurement Procedure

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers Signal / Noise Power Measurement MARKER NORMAL menu: The C/N (Carrier to Noise) softkey calculates the ratio of carrier power to C / N noise power and the power of interference signals in the channel defined under POWER MEAS SETTING .
  • Page 283 Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Example: The signal-to-noise ratio of the carrier (f = 199.9 MHz) in the channel with +100 kHz separation from 200 MHz (channel center frequency) is to be measured. The channel bandwidth is 150 kHz. 1. Using the CENTER key, set the center frequency to the channel center frequency 200 MHz. 2.

  • Page 284: Adjacent Channel Power

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers Adjacent Channel Power MARKER NORMAL menu: The ADJACENT CHAN POWER softkey starts the measurement of the ADJACENT CHAN POWER adjacent channel power. The ADJACENT CHAN POWER measures the power which the transmitter delivers to the two adjacent channels (upper channel , lower channel). The measurement values are displayed according to the setting of the CH/ACD ABS/REL softkey as absolute values in the scale of the X axis (see Fig.) or as a logarithmic ratio of adjacent channel to useful channel in dB (20 ×...

  • Page 285: Occupied Bandwidth Measurement

    Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ If the limit check is activated for ACP measurements, the result of the limit check (PASSED/FAILED) is displayed as well as an asterisk preceding each measured ACP power that exceeded one of the limits. Note: The limit check is activated and the limits are defined in the POWER MEAS SETTINGS menu. Occupied Bandwidth Measurement An important characteristic of a modulated signal is the bandwidth which it occupies.
  • Page 286 FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers Parameters for Channel Power Measurements / Configuration For the correct measurement of channel power, C/N, C/N0, adjacent channel power and occupied bandwidth, it is recommended that an automatic optimisation of the analyzer settings be performed after enabling the corresponding measurement and selecting the channel configuration (channel power settings).
  • Page 287 Main Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Resolution bandwidth (RBW) In order to achieve acceptable speed as well as the necessary selection (to suppress spectral components outside of the frequency range to be measured and, especially the adjacent channels), the resolution bandwidth should not be chosen too broad or too narrow.

  • Page 288: Marker Step Size

    FSIQ Analyzer - Main Markers Marker Step Size DATA VARIATION – STEP menu: The STEP key in the DATA VARIATION key group opens a menu to match the marker step size to each individual MARKER DATA VARIATION STEP SIZE application. In order to change the step size, the marker entry HOLD STEP STEPSIZE...

  • Page 289: Delta Markers - Delta Key

    Delta Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Delta Markers – DELTA Key The delta markers are used to measure a level or frequency referred to a reference marker. They are always referenced to the marker whose position was last changed. A delta marker is displayed as an empty symbol.
  • Page 290 FSIQ Analyzer - Delta Markers The DELTA ABS REL softkey switches between relative and absolute entry DELTA MKR modes for the delta-marker frequency. In the REL position, the delta marker frequency is entered relative to the reference marker. In this case, the entry mode for the delta-marker frequencies is also relative.
  • Page 291 Delta Markers - Analyzer FSIQ MARKER DELTA- REFERENCE POINT submenu: The REFERENCE POINT softkey opens a sub-menu in which REFERENCE POINT the reference value the REFERENCE FIXED and PHASE REF POINT REFERENCE NOISE functions can be modified. LEVEL POINT The position of the reference value is indicated by two REF POINT additional display lines (horizontal and vertical).

  • Page 292: Phase Noise Measurement

    FSIQ Analyzer - Delta Markers Phase Noise Measurement MARKER DELTA menu: The PHASE NOISE softkey switches the PHASE NOISE function on/off. PHASE NOISE Enabling the PHASE NOISE function causes the frequency and level of the reference marker to be transferred as reference values, that means, the REFERENCE FIXED function is activated.

  • Page 293: Delta-Marker Step Size - Step Key

    Delta Markers - Analyzer FSIQ Delta-Marker Step Size - STEP Key STEP-DELTA STEP menu: The STEP key in the DATA VARIATION key group opens a DELTA DATA VARIATION STEP SIZE menu to match the step size of the individual delta markers HOLD STEP STEPSIZE...

  • Page 294: Search Functions - Search Key

    FSIQ Analyzer - Search Functions Search Functions – SEARCH Key The FSIQ offers numerous functions useful for peak/min. peak searching. The search functions can be used for marker as well as delta marker functions. The setups applicable to the available search functions are performed in the MARKER-SEARCH menu. The search functions are always related to the currently active marker.
  • Page 295 Search Functions - Analyzer FSIQ The ACTIVE MKR / DELTA softkey toggles between the active marker and ACTIVE DELTA the active delta marker. If DELTA is illuminated, the following search functions are performed with the active delta marker. Switching between marker and delta marker entry modes may Note: also be performed using the NORMAL and DELTA keys.
  • Page 296 FSIQ Analyzer - Search Functions The NEXT MIN softkey sets the active marker to the next higher of the low NEXT MIN peaks on the corresponding measurement curve. The NEXT MIN RIGHT softkey set the active marker to the next low peak to NEXT MIN RIGHT the right of the current marker position.

  • Page 297: Peak: Signal

    Search Functions - Analyzer FSIQ Marker [T1] 199.0140 MHz -22.4 dBm 42dB 46dB 30dB -100 Fig. 4-8 Example for level measurements at different peak excursion settings Maximum relative level change of the measured signals: Signal 2: 42dB Signal 3 30dB Signal 4: 46dB Setting Peak Excursion 40dB causes signal 2 and 4 to be detected with...
  • Page 298 FSIQ Analyzer - Search Functions Order of signals found: PEAK: Signal 1 NEXT PEAK: Signal 2 NEXT PEAK: Signal 4 NEXT PEAK: Signal 3 PEAK: Signal 1 NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 2 NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 3 NEXT PEAK RIGHT: Signal 4 Setting Peak Excursion 6dB recognizes all the signals, NEXT PEAK RIGHT does not work as required.

  • Page 299: Summary Marker

    Search Functions - Analyzer FSIQ The SHAPE FACT 60/3dB .and SHAPE FACT 60/6dB softkeys activate the SHAPE FACT 60/3 DB automatic measurement of the form factor for the displayed signals. For this purpose, four temporary markers are used. The markers T1 to T4 indicate, in increasing order, the 3 dB/6 dB positions below the reference marker level.
  • Page 300 FSIQ Analyzer - Search Functions MARKER SEARCH menu The SUMMARY MARKER softkey calls up the submenu for SUMMARY MARKER selecting the summary marker measurements. SUMMARY The softkey is only available in the time domain. MARKER MEAN PEAK HOLD AVERAGE SWEEP COUNT ALL SUM MKR OFF...

  • Page 301: Sweep Count

    Search Functions - Analyzer FSIQ The PEAK HOLD ON/OFF softkey switches the maximum peak evaluation on and PEAK HOLD off. For all active summary markers, the displays are updated after each sweep only if higher values have occurred. The measured values can be reset by switching the PEAK HOLD ON / OFF softkey on and off again.

  • Page 302: Instrument Parameter Changes Via Markers - Mkr Ð Key

    FSIQ Analyzer - Marker È Menu Instrument Parameter Changes via Markers – MKR Ð Key MARKER MKR → menu: The MKR → menu offers functions through which instrument MARKER-> MARKER parameters can be changed with the aid of the currently PEAK NORMAL SEARCH active marker.

  • Page 303: Ref Level

    Marker È Menu - Analyzer FSIQ The MKR → REF LEVEL softkey sets the reference level to that of the current MKR-> REF LEVEL marker. The MKR → CF STEPSIZE softkey sets the step size for the center frequency MKR->CF STEPSIZE entry mode to the current marker frequency, and also sets step-size adaptation to MANUAL .

  • Page 304: Setup Of Display And Limit Lines - Lines Key Field

    FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines Setup of Display and Limit Lines – LINES Key Field Display Lines – D LINES Key Display lines are aids which, similar to markers, make the evaluation of measurement curve data more convenient. The function of display lines is similar to that of a movable scale which can be used to measure absolute and differential values on measurement curves.
  • Page 305 Display and Limit Lines - Analyzer FSIQ The softkeys for setting and switching the display lines on and off operate similar to a three- Note: position switch: Initial condition: The line is switched off (softkey has grey background) 1 st press: The line is switched on (softkey has red background) and data entry is activated.
  • Page 306 FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines The DISPLAY LINE 1/2 softkeys switch the display lines on/off and activate DISPLAY the entry of the line location. LINE 1 The display lines mark the selected levels in the measurement window. DISPLAY LINE 2 The THRESHOLD LINE softkey switches the threshold line on/off and THRESHOLD...
  • Page 307 Display and Limit Lines - Analyzer FSIQ The BASELINE CLIPPING softkey switches on or off the BASELINE BASELINE CLIPPING CLIPPING function and allows a limit value to be entered. The BASELINE CLIPPING function is for blanking measured values (for example noise) which are below a preset threshold. If the BASELINE CLIPPING function is active and a measured value is below the preset threshold, the value is set to a lower boundary (-400 dBm).

  • Page 308: Limit Lines - Limits Key

    FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines Limit Lines – LIMITS Key Limit lines are used to define amplitude curves or spectral distribution boundaries on the display screen which are not to be exceeded. They indicate, for example, the upper limits for interference radiation or spurious waves which are permissible from a Unit Under Test (UUT).

  • Page 309: Limit Line Selection

    Display and Limit Lines - Analyzer FSIQ LINES LIMIT menu USER LINES LIMIT LINES D LINES SELECETED LIMIT LINE SELECT LIMIT LINE Name: GSM22UP Limit: LOWER Domain: FREQUENCY X-Axis: NEW LIMIT Unit: X-Scaling: ABSOLUTE LIMITS LINE Comment: Line 1 Y-Scaling: RELATIVE EDIT LIMIT LINE...
  • Page 310 FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines Name and Compatible - Enabling limit lines A maximum of 8 limit lines can be enabled at any one time. A check mark at the left edge of a cell indicates that this limit line is enabled. A limit line can only be enabled when it has a check mark in the Compatible column, i.e., only when the horizontal display (time or frequency) and vertical scales are identical to those of the display in the measurement window.
  • Page 311 Display and Limit Lines - Analyzer FSIQ Margin - Setting a margin. The margin is defined as the signal-level distance to the limit line . When the limit line is defined as an upper limit, the margin means that the level is below the limit line.

  • Page 312: Entry And Editing Of Limit Lines

    FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines Entry and Editing of Limit Lines A limit line is characterized by • its name • the assignment of domain (frequency or time) • the scaling in absolute or relative times or frequencies •...

  • Page 313: Edit Limit

    Display and Limit Lines - Analyzer FSIQ LINES LIMIT-EDIT LIMIT LINE menu The EDIT LIMIT LINE and NEW LIMIT LINE softkeys both call the EDIT NEW LIMIT EDIT LIMIT LIMIT LINE sub-menu used for editing limit lines. In the table heading, LINE LINE the characteristics of the limit line can be entered.
  • Page 314 FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines The NAME softkey enables the entry of characteristics in the table heading. NAME Name - Enter name A maximum of 8 characters are permitted for each name. All names must be compatible with the MS DOS conventions for file names. The instrument stores all limit lines with the .LIM extension.
  • Page 315 Display and Limit Lines - Analyzer FSIQ Unit - Select the vertical scale units for the limit line The selection of units takes place in a selection box. The default setting is dBm. UNITS VERTICAL SCALE dBuV dBmV dBuA dBpW dBuV/MHz dBmV/MHz dBuA/MHz...
  • Page 316 FSIQ Analyzer - Display and Limit Lines The SHIFT X LIMIT LINE softkey calls an entry window where the complete SHIFT X LIMIT LINE limit line may be shifted parallel in the horizontal direction. The shift takes place according to the horizontal scale: –...

  • Page 317: Trace Selection And Setup - Trace Key Group

    Traces - Analyzer FSIQ Trace Selection and Setup – TRACE Key Group The FSIQ is capable of displaying up to four separate traces at the same time. A trace consists of a maximum of 500 pixels on the horizontal axis (frequency or time). If there are more measurement values than pixels available, then several measurement values are collected together in one pixel.
  • Page 318 FSIQ Analyzer - Traces The TRACE keys 1...4 call a menu which presents the options for the selected trace. In this menu, the method to be used for compressing the measurement data in the frequency or time domain to the 500 representable points of the display is determined. At the beginning of the measurement, each trace can be displayed either completely new or based on previous measurement results.

  • Page 319: Sweep Count

    Traces - Analyzer FSIQ The AVERAGE softkey enables the trace averaging function. The average is AVERAGE taken from several foregoing measurements. The average can be calculated for each available detector. In case the detector is automatically selected by the FSIQ , the sampling detector is chosen. After enabling the averaging mode, the first trace is recorded in CLEAR / WRITE mode with the selected detector.
  • Page 320 FSIQ Analyzer - Traces In SINGLE SWEEP mode, SWEEP START initiates n single sweeps. The sweeps are stopped as soon as the selected number of sweeps is reached. The number of the current sweep and the total number of sweeps are shown in the display: "Sweep 3 of 200". The SWEEP COUNT softkey activates the entry of the number of sweeps, SWEEP over which an average is to be calculated.
  • Page 321 Traces - Analyzer FSIQ The HOLD CONT softkey defines whether the traces in the average mode HOLD CONT and min hold/max hold mode are reset after some definite parameter changes. The traces are reset after some definite parameter changes. This mechanism is switched off. In general, parameter changes require a restart of the measurement before results are evaluated (e.

  • Page 322: Detector Selection

    FSIQ Analyzer - Traces Detector Selection The FSIQ detectors are realised by pure digital techniques . The detectors available are the max-peak detector which delivers the maximum value from a number of sample values, the min-peak detector which delivers the minimum value from a number of sample values and the sampling detector. The sampling detector can transfer the sampled data without modification or can perform a data reduction by suppressing non-displayable values.
  • Page 323 Traces - Analyzer FSIQ RMS detector The rms detector forms the rms value of the measured values within a pixel. To this effect FSIQ uses the linear display voltage after the envelope detection. The linear values are squared, summed and the sum is divided through the number of samples (= root mean square).
  • Page 324 FSIQ Analyzer - Traces TRACE 1-DETECTOR submenu The DETECTOR softkey opens a submenu to select the TRACE 1 DETECTOR detector. AUTO DETECTOR SELECT The detector type may be independently selected for each trace. Mode AUTO SELECT sets the best suitable detector DETECTOR for the type of trace display (Clear Write, Max Hold oder Min AUTO PEAK...

  • Page 325: Quasi Analog Display

    Traces - Analyzer FSIQ The DETECTOR SAMPLE softkey selects the sample detector. DETECTOR SAMPLE It is used if uncorrelated signals like noise are to be measured. The power can be determined by means of fixed correction factors for evaluation and the log amplifier.
  • Page 326 FSIQ Analyzer - Traces Mathematical Functions for Traces TRACE 1-TRACE MATH submenu: The TRACE MATH softkey opens a sub-menu in which a TRACE MATH differential curve for the selected trace is calculated. T1-T2+REF TRACE -> T1 MATH T1-T3+REF -> T1 T1-T4+REF ->...

  • Page 327: Trace Export

    Traces - Analyzer FSIQ The TRACE MATH OFF softkey switches the enabled differential curve off. TRACE MATH The softkey is only available when a conversion function is enabled. The ADJUST TO TRACE softkey restores the original instrument settings ADJUST TO when the corresponding trace is set to VIEW and the current instrument TRACE settings are different than those of the trace data.

  • Page 328: Decim Sep

    FSIQ Analyzer - Traces The EDIT PATH softkey defines the directory in which the file is to be EDIT PATH stored. The DECIM SEP softkey selects the separator for the ASCII file: DECIM SEP ’.’ (decimal point) or ’,’ (comma). Different language versions of analysis programs may require different notations of the decimal point.
  • Page 329 Traces - Analyzer FSIQ Content of file Description File header Type;FSEA30; Instrument model Version;1.91; Firmware version Date;01.Jul 1999; Date of data set storage Mode;Spectrum; Instrument mode Start;10000;Hz Start/stop of the display range. Stop;100000;Hz Unit: Hz for span > 0, s for span = 0, Center Freq;55000;Hz Center frequency Span;90000;Hz...
  • Page 330 FSIQ Analyzer - Traces Example: Type;FSIQ13; Version;1.91; Date;20.Sep 1999; Mode;Spectrum; Start;0.000000;Hz Stop;3500000000.000000;Hz Center Freq;1750000000.000000;Hz Span;3500000000.000000;Hz Freq Offset;0.000000;Hz x-Axis;LIN; y-Axis;LOG; Level Range;100.000000;dB Ref. Level;-20.000000;dBm Level Offset;0.000000;dBm Max. Level;-20.000000;dBm RF Att;10.000000;dB RBW;3000000.000000;Hz VBW;3000000.000000;Hz SWT;0.005000;s Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Detector;AUTOPEAK; Sweep Count;0; TRACE 1: x-Unit;Hz; y-Unit;dBm;...

  • Page 331: Sweep Control - Sweep Key Group

    Coupled Settings - Analyzer FSIQ Sweep Control – SWEEP Key Group Using the SWEEP key group, the parameters are entered which determine the sweep characteristics. These are the coupled functions resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth and sweep time ( COUPLING key), the trigger used for starting the sweep ( TRIGGER key) and the type of sweep ( SWEEP key). Coupled Settings –...

  • Page 332: Setting And Coupling The Coupling Resolution, Video Bandwidth And Sweep

    FSIQ Analyzer - Coupled Settings Setting and Coupling the Coupling Resolution, Video Bandwidth and Sweep Time SWEEP COUPLING menu The COUPLING key calls a menu and a COUPLED COUPLED SWEEP FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS supplementary menu for setting the resolution RES BW RBW 1 KHZ bandwidth, video bandwidth, sweep time and their TRIGGER...
  • Page 333 Coupled Settings - Analyzer FSIQ The VIDEO BW AUTO softkey couples the video bandwidth of the FSIQ to VIDEO BW the resolution bandwidth. If the resolution bandwidth is changed, the video AUTO bandwidth is automatically adjusted. The coupling of the video bandwidth is always recommended when the maximum sweep time for a selected resolution bandwidth is to be achieved.

  • Page 334: Sweep Time Manual

    FSIQ Analyzer - Coupled Settings The SWEEP TIME MANUAL softkey activates the manual input mode for the SWEEP TIME sweep time. At the same time, the coupling of the sweep is canceled and the MANUAL SWT LED is turned off. Other couplings ( VIDEO BW, RES BW ) remain in effect.
  • Page 335 Coupled Settings - Analyzer FSIQ The RBW<=1kHz NORM/FFT softkey switches between fixed filter and FFT- RBW <=1KHZ NORM filter. NORM For resolution bandwidths up to 1 kHz fixed IF-filters are used. An FFT is performed. To this end, the filtered IF-signal is digitalized by the 3-kHz resolution filters and then transformed into the spectral domain via FFT.
  • Page 336 FSIQ Analyzer - Coupled Settings The MAIN PLL BANDWIDTH softkey opens a selection window for setting MAIN PLL BANDWIDTH the PLL control bandwidth. MAIN PLL BANDWIDTH AUTO HIGH MEDIUM The first local oscillator is synchronized with the PLL control bandwidth. The control bandwidth determines the characteristic of the phase noise.

  • Page 337: Sweep Coupling Ratio

    Coupled Settings - Analyzer FSIQ Sweep Coupling Ratio SWEEP COUPLING-COUPLING RATIO submenu: The COUPLING RATIO softkey opens a sub-menu in COUPLING RATIO which the coupling ratio between resolution bandwidth, RBW / VBW COUPLING video bandwidth and the span can be defined. SINE [1] RATIO These settings are effective only for the selected...
  • Page 338 FSIQ Analyzer - Coupled Settings The RBW / VBW PULSE softkey sets the following coupling ratio: RBW / VBW PULSE [.1] video bandwidth = 10 x resolution bandwidth video bandwidth = 10 MHz (= maximum video bandwidth). This coupling ratio is always to be recommended when the amplitude of pulsed signal shape is to be measured.

  • Page 339: Sweep Trigger - Trigger Key

    Sweep Trigger - Analyzer FSIQ Sweep Trigger – TRIGGER Key SWEEP TRIGGER menu: The TRIGGER key opens a menu for selection of the TRIGGER SWEEP various trigger sources and the trigger polarity. The active FREE RUN trigger mode is indicated by illumination of the corresponding TRIGGER softkey.
  • Page 340 The bandwidth at the intermediate frequency is approximately 60 MHz for model FSIQ3, approx. 160 MHz for FSIQ7, FSIQ26 and FSIQ40. Triggering takes place when the trigger threshold is exceeded within a 100 MHz bandwidth about the selected frequency. Thus, the measurement of noise emissions, e.g., for pulsed carriers, is possible.

  • Page 341: Sweep Setup - Sweep Key

    Sweep Control - Analyzer FSIQ Sweep Setup – SWEEP Key SWEEP SWEEP menu: The SWEEP key calls a menu in which the type of sweep SWEEP SWEEP (sweep mode) is determined. In split screen mode, the entries CONTINUOUS SWEEP are valid only for the active measurement window. TRIGGER SINGLE In the menu, continuous or single sweep mode, gap-sweep...
  • Page 342 FSIQ Analyzer - Sweep Control The SWEEPTIME AUTO and SWEEPTIME MANUAL softkeys activate the SWEEPTIME automatic or manual selection of the sweep time. These functions are AUTO identical to the entries in the COUPLING menu (see section "Setting and SWEEPTIME Coupling the Coupling Resolution, Video Bandwidth and Sweep Time").

  • Page 343: Gated Sweep

    Sweep Control - Analyzer FSIQ Gated Sweep By using a gate in sweep mode and stopping the measurement while the gate signal is inactive, the spectrum for pulsed carriers can be displayed without overlaid frequency components caused by the on/off switching procedure. Similarly, the spectrum can also be examined for an inactive carrier. The sweep can be controlled by an external gate or by the internal power trigger.

  • Page 344: Gate Length

    FSIQ Analyzer - Sweep Control SWEEP SWEEP menu: The GATE ON / OFF softkey switches the sweep mode with an internal or GATE external gate on/off. When GATE ON is selected, a signal applied to the rear panel connector EXT TRIGGER/GATE or the internal RF power detector controls the sweep of the analyzer.
  • Page 345 Sweep Control - Analyzer FSIQ SWEEP SWEEP-GATE SETTINGS sub-menu: In the GATE SETTINGS sub-menu, all settings are made GATE SETTINGS which are necessary for ’gated sweep’ operation. GATE GATE SETTINGS LEVEL On switching to the time domain, the GATE DELAY and GATE LENGTH times are displayed by horizontal time lines GATE MODE LEVEL EDGE...
  • Page 346 FSIQ Analyzer - Sweep Control The GATE DELAY softkey activates the entry window for setting the delay GATE DELAY time between the gate signal and the continuation of the sweep. Thus, e.g., delays between the gate signal and the stabilization of an RF carrier can be taken into consideration.

  • Page 347: Measurement Example

    Sweep Control - Analyzer FSIQ Setting the Gate Times SWEEP SWEEP- GATE SETTINGS - GATE ADJUST submenu: The GATE ADJUST softkey opens a submenu comprising all GATE ADJUST softkeys that are used to set the parameters relevant for the GATE GATE ’gated sweep’...
  • Page 348 FSIQ Analyzer - Sweep Control Operation steps on the FSIQ: [PRESET] {802} MHz] [CENTER: {3.6} MHz] [SPAN {0} dBm: RF ATTEN MANUAL : {10} dB] [REF LVL: RES BW MANUAL : {30} kHz] [COUPLING: DETECTOR : RMS] [TRACE 1: SWEEPTIME MANUAL : {50} ms; [SWEEP: GATE ON GATE SETTINGS : GATE MODE EDGE: GATE POL POS: GATE RF POWER...

  • Page 349: Sweep Blanking - Gap Sweep

    Sweep Control - Analyzer FSIQ Sweep Blanking – Gap Sweep For measurements in the time domain, the GAP SWEEP function offers a high degree of flexibility with regard to the display of measurement data. With the PRE TRIGGER softkey, it is possible to display measurements taken before the trigger time.
  • Page 350 FSIQ Analyzer - Sweep Control 100 kHz RF Att 20 dB Ref Lev 100 kHz -10.0 dBm 500 us Unit (dBm) Span 0 Hz 50 us / Div Center 914 MHz Fig. 4-15 Display of a burst with a gap The GAP SWEEP measurement is activated by the GAP SWEEP ON/OFF softkey.
  • Page 351 Sweep Control - Analyzer FSIQ SWEEP SWEEP-GAP SWEEP SETTINGS sub-menu: The GAP SWEEP SETTINGS softkey opens a sub-menu in GAP SWEEP SETTINGS which the parameters for the gap can be selected. GAP SWEEP TRIGGER SETTINGS LEVEL The trigger time corresponds to t = 0. Events occurring before the trigger time are displayed in negative time.
  • Page 352 FSIQ Analyzer - Sweep Control The TRG TO GAP TIME softkey opens an entry window for defining the TRG TO GAP TIME distance between the trigger time and the beginning of the gap. The TRIGGER TO GAP TIME range is from 0 to 100 s with a resolution of 50 ns.

  • Page 353: Vector Analyzer Mode

    Vector Analyzer - Mode Selection FSIQ Vector Analyzer Mode The Vector Signal Analyzer in the FSIQ allows the analysis of analog and digital modulations. For this purpose, the FSIQ samples the IF signal which is band-limited by the resolution bandwidth (RBW) and mixes it into the complex baseband.

  • Page 354: Selecting The Operating Mode

    FSIQ Mode Selection - Vector Analyzer Mode Selecting the Operating Mode The MODE key calls up the menu for selecting the CONFIGURATION MODE operating mode. MODE ANALYZER VECTOR ANALYZER The type of analysis is selected in the VECTOR ANALYZER sub menu . The VECTO R ANALYZER softkey calls up a submenu.
  • Page 355 Vector Analyzer - Mode Selection FSIQ If two displays (screen A and screen B) are opened after switch-on of the vector signal Note: analysis, the vector analyzer mode is only set for the display activated for entry (marked at the top right corner of diagram). For the other display, the previous settings remain valid. Storage and display of measured values is sequential: first in the upper and then in the lower display.

  • Page 356: Analog Demodulation Methods

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods Analog Demodulation Methods With amplitude, frequency and phase demodulation, the FSIQ provides all demodulation methods which can be used for analog RF carrier modulation or which may impair a carrier. The bandwidth used for demodulation depends on the demodulation bandwidth selected.
  • Page 357 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Menu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD (with REAL TIME ON) VECTOR VECTOR HIGH PASS ANALYZER ANALYZER AF FILTER DIGITAL STANDARDS NONE 30 Hz DIGITAL 300 Hz DEMOD DEMOD SETTINGS HIGH PASS ANALOG DEMOD AF FILTER...

  • Page 358: Demod Bandwidth )

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods The ANALOG DEMOD softkey activates the analog demodulation mode. ANALOG DEMOD The demodulation (AM, FM and PM demodulation) is performed in parallel. The type of demodulation or display (AM, FM or PM or numerical display) is set under MEAS RESULT.
  • Page 359 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The IF BANDWIDTH softkey opens up a submenu where the IF BW BANDWIDTH bandwidth of the analog IF filters is set (corresponds to the AUTO resolution bandwidth in spectrum analyzer mode). IF BW MANUAL The IF BW AUTO softkey is used to set the IF bandwidth to IF BW...

  • Page 360: Selecting The Modulation Parameters

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods Selecting the Modulation Parameters Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD The MODULATION PARAMETER softkey calls up a submenu which permits to MODULATION PARAMETER select the modulation parameters for analog demodulation. Which menu is displayed depends on whether real-time demodulation is activated (REAL TIME ON) or not (REAL TIME OFF) .
  • Page 361 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The possible selection of the filter depends on whether real-time demodulation is activated or not ( REAL TIME ON/OFF ). REAL TIME ON: The softkeys HIGHPASS AF FILTER and LOW PASS AF FILTER call up HIGH PASS input fields which permit to select highpass or lowpass filters for restriction AF FILTER...
  • Page 362 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods The AF COUPL’G AC/DC softkey switches the AF analysis stages after the AF COUPL’G demodulators to DC or AC voltage coupling. With FM, AC coupling ( AF COUPL’G AC ) is achieved by determining the center frequency of the signal to be measured and correcting the demodulated signal accordingly.
  • Page 363 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ REAL TIME ON: SQUELCH The SQUELCH ON softkey mutes the loudspeaker or headphones output provided that the level falls below a threshold that can be entered under SQUELCH LEVEL. The trace of the demodulated signal is also set to zero at this point in time.
  • Page 364 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods REAL TIME ON only AM/FM AM/FM DEEMPHASIS DEEMPH The AM/FM DEEMPH softkey opens the submenu in which a deemphasis can be selected for FM (or AM) demodulation (An AM deemphasis is prescribed in a few regulations for measurement of synchronous amplitude modulation on FM 50 us transmitters.).

  • Page 365: Selecting The Audio Signal

    Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Selecting the Audio Signal Submenu: CONFIGURATION: MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD The MEAS RESULT softkey opens up a submenu for MEAS MEAS RESULT selection of the AM, FM, or PM demodulated audio signal RESULT AM SIGNAL (display and audio output).
  • Page 366 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods The AM-demodulated signal is applied to the audio output (if REAL TIME ON) . The FM SIGNAL softkey displays the FM-demodulated time signal provided FM SIGNAL that MODULATION SUMMARY is not active. If MODULATION SUMMARY is active, the modulation parameter will be numerically displayed with main signal FM (see MODULATION SUMMARY).

  • Page 367: Modulation Summary

    Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The MODULATION SUMMARY softkey (on/off switch) switches from the MODULATION display of the audio signal versus time to the summary of the numeric SUMMARY modulation parameters. Of the main signal in question the positive and negative peak modulation value, peak-to-peak value as well as the rms value are displayed with absolute display (see SUMMARY SETTING ) (except for AM DC: the +-Pk/2 detector does not display the peak-to-peak value, but the average from...
  • Page 368 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods Example: FM signal, relative measurement: In the case of relative measurement, the absolute arithmetic average from positive and negative peak value as well as the rms value of the main signal are also displayed. The separate display of positive and negative peak value is omitted.
  • Page 369 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The SUMMARY SETTINGS softkey opens up the SUMMARY SUMMARY SETTINGS submenu for configuration of the summary of all numeric SETTINGS measured values. AVERAGE/ HOLD ON SWEEP COUNT REL UNIT INDICATION REFERENCE MEAS->REF SINAD 1kHz The AVERAGE/HOLD ON softkey permits to average all AVERAGE/ display values obtained in the number of sweeps defined...

  • Page 370: Set Reference

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods The INDICATION ABS REL softkey switches between INDICATION absolute ( ABS , default setting) and relative display ( REL ). The reference value for the relative display can be entered by means of SET REFERENCE or MEAS → REF .
  • Page 371 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ REAL TIME ON only. SUMMARY MEAS TIME The SUMMARY MEAS TIME softkey opens up a field for entering the measuring time (as well as the measured value update rate) for the numerical measured values of the modulation summary. Default setting is 100 ms Thus, with a stationary modulation frequency of 30 (typ.
  • Page 372 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods REAL TIME ON only. SENSITIV AF OUTPUT The SENSITIV AF OUTPUT softkey sets the scaling of the AF output for real-time modulation. Depending on MEAS RESULT (AM, FM or PM signal), an input field appears, where the modulation amplitude is to be entered so that the dynamic range of the AF output is fully utilized.

  • Page 373: Triggering With Analog Demodulation - Softkey Trigger Or Hardkey Trigger

    Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Triggering with Analog Demodulation - Softkey TRIGGER or Hardkey TRIGGER Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD The TRIGGER softkey as well as the TRIGGER hardkey TRIGGER permit to call up the menu for setting the trigger. TRIGGER FREE RUN VIDEO...
  • Page 374 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods The AF SIGNAL softkey opens up a data input field where the level of the AF signal is entered as the trigger level for display of the time signal. SIGNAL The AF trigger level is entered in %, Hz, deg or rad according to the current demodulation AM, FM or PM (in the case of AM DC in the current absolute level unit).

  • Page 375: Setting The Display Range And The Scaling - Softkey Range Or Hardkey Range

    Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Setting the Display Range and the Scaling - Softkey RANGE or Hardkey RANGE The menu for setting the range differs from that in the signal analysis mode. CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD Submenu: The RANGE softkey as well as the RANGE hardkey are RANGE...
  • Page 376 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods The SENSITIV AF OUTPUT (sensitivity AF output) softkey is used to set SENSITIV the scaling of the AF output with real-time demodulation. Depending on AF OUTPUT MEAS RESULT (AM, FM, or PM signal), an input field appears, where the modulation amplitude is to be entered at which the dynamic range of the AF output is fully utilized.
  • Page 377 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD - RANGE Submenu: The SCALE UNIT softkey calls up a submenu for setting SCALE UNIT the unit of the Y-axis . SCALE Y UNIT UNIT LOG[dB] The units offered depend on the signal displayed.If a marker is switched on, the marker results are output in...

  • Page 378: Sweep Menu With Analog Demodulation - Softkey Sweep Time Or Hardkey Sweep4.199

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods Sweep Menu with Analog Demodulation - Softkey SWEEP TIME or Hardkey SWEEP Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - ANALOG DEMOD The SWEEP key calls up a menu, which permits to SWEEP determine type measurement single...
  • Page 379 Analog demodulation methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The SWEEP COUNT softkey opens up an input field in which the number of SWEEP COUNT measurements is determined for the SINGLE SWEEP . The number of measurements can be selected between 0 and 32767. If averaging of the measured values is set ( AVG/HOLD ON , MODULATION MARKER : RMS to be found under the MARKER SEARCH key ), SWEEP COUNT also determines the number of measurements used for averaging.
  • Page 380 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Analog demodulation methods Example: Measurement of amplitude modulation Measurement of a carrier modulated with 1 kHz, 50 % at 100 MHz, level 0 dBm 1. [PRESET] Default setting 2. [CENTER: 100 MHz] Frequency setting 3. [REF: REF LEVEL: +6 dBm] Level setting (the max.

  • Page 381: Digital Demodulation Methods

    Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Digital Demodulation Methods Diagram for signal processing In modern mobile radio networks digital transmission methods are used to avoid the disadvantages of a transmission channel in mobile communication and to be able to serve more subscribers in the available frequency spectrum.

  • Page 382: Symbol Mapping

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Symbol Mapping The following types of symbol mapping are used for representing the results in the vector and constellation diagrams (PSK, MSK, QAM) and for the time/frequency representations with FSK modulation. The symbols are always in the binary code (MSB at left). Phase Shift Keying (PSK) With these modulation types, the symbol represents the absolute phase of the received signal at the decision time.
  • Page 383 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ 3PI/8-8PSK (EDGE) For these modulation methods the digital information is NOT coded in the phase transitions but in the absolute position of the constellation diagram. The constellation diagram consists of 16 points. For each symbol transition, an offset of 3pi/8 is inserted counterclockwise.

  • Page 384: Differential Psk

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Differential PSK When using differential phase modulation, the symbol is the result of the phase difference between the current and the previous decision point. The absolute position of the pointer at the decision time is therefore not relevant.

  • Page 385: Frequency Shift Keying (Fsk)

    Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) When working with FSK demodulation, a frequency/time diagram will be displayed instead of the constellation and vector diagrams. The symbol decision is based on the signal deviation at the decision times.

  • Page 386: Minimum Shift Keying (Msk), Cdpd

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Minimum Shift Keying (MSK), CDPD Phase Symbol difference -Π/2 Π/2 Fig. 4-23 Symbol mapping - minimum shift keying (MSK) DMSK (and the derived GSMK) uses additional difference coding of two subsequent symbols. Static symbol mapping therefore does not exist.

  • Page 387: Selecting The Digital Demodulators

    Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Selecting the Digital Demodulators Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER DIGITAL The DIGITAL DEMOD softkey opens a list of all available demodulators . DEMOD DIGITAL DEMODULATION BPSK QPSK DQPSK PI/4DQPSK OQSK 8PSK D8PSK 3π/8-8PSK DMSK 2FSK...

  • Page 388: Standard Settings

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Standard Settings To simplify the selection of parameters when standard transmission methods are used, standard setups are available in the FSIQ. All modulation parameters and the width of the display range are set automatically..
  • Page 389 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Table 4-3 Standard settings Modulation/ Symbol Measurement Reference Alpha Synchro- Sync SYNC Points/ Standard rate filter filter nization Pattern OFFSET symbol IS95-CDMA 1.2288 MHz IS95_FM IS95_FR FWD CH QPSK IS95-CDMA 1.2288 MHz IS95_FR IS95_RR REV CH OQPSK W-CDMA...

  • Page 390: Selecting Modulation Parameters For Digital Demodulation

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Selecting Modulation Parameters for Digital Demodulation Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER The MODULATION PARAMETERS softkey calls up a submenu for MODULATION MODULATION PARAMETERS setting of the modulation parameters. PARAMETERS SYMBOL RATE SIDE BAND NORM MEAS FILTER...
  • Page 391 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The SIDE BAND NORM / INV (INVERTED) demodulates and inverts the SIDEBAND signal received. NORM Thus, with FSK demodulation, the frequency states are inverted, and, with non-FSK modulation, the I and Q signal are inverted. Default status is SIDEBAND NORM (normal).
  • Page 392 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods The digital demodulator of FSIQ generates two signals at the I/Q level, the signal to be measured ( MEAS SIGNAL ) and the reference signal ( REFERENCE SIGNAL ). Frequency and Amplitude/ Test Meas symbol phase...
  • Page 393 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The A LPHA/BT softkey opens a window where the roll-off factor ( ALPHA ) for ALPHA/BT the cosine filters or the bandwidth/symbol period product BT for the Gaussian filters is entered. If an input filter is used for demodulation or a filter for generating the reference signal, the filter characteristic has to be determined by means of ALPHA/BT .
  • Page 394 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods The NORMALIZE ON/OFF softkey has the following effect: NORMALIZE The measurement result in the vector and constellation diagram is always normalized to a circle, the radius of which corresponds to the mean distance between the center of the circle and the mid-points (of all groups of sampling values).

  • Page 395: Selecting Measurement Results For Digital Demodulation

    Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Selecting Measurement Results for Digital Demodulation After entering all modulation parameters the required measurement is selected using the MEAS RESULT softkey. The contents of the trace memory (magnitude), the demodulated measurement signal, the reference signal, i.e. the ideal signal derived from the measurement signal, or the error signal can be displayed as the measurement result.

  • Page 396: Measurement Of Reference Signal

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - MEAS RESULT The MAGNITUDE CAP BUFFER softkey indicates the magnitude of the MAGNITUDE signal in the capture buffer in the time domain. CAP BUFFER The MAGNITUDE CAP BUFFER mode is therefore recommended in all cases where power ramping of TDMA bursts should be measured with a wide dynamic range.
  • Page 397 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The MAGNITUDE softkey displays the magnitude of the demodulated MAGNITUDE measurement or reference signal, which is normalized to 1, as a function of time and symbol. The PHASE softkey displays the phase of the measurement or reference PHASE signal.
  • Page 398 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Fig. 4-25 Simultaneous display of inphase and quadrature component in a single diagram (here: screen A in split-screen display) The EYE DIAG [I] , EYE DIAG [Q] and EYE DIAG TRELLIS softkeys select EYE DIAG the various eye diagrams: •...
  • Page 399 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The trellis diagram is used for representing the states of continuous-phase modulation methods (e.g. MSK). It indicates the phase versus time and permits also phases above ±180° to be displayed. The trellis diagram is similar to the eye diagram in that measured traces are superimposed onto each other in the display until the number of symbols defined by RESULT LENGTH is attained.
  • Page 400 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods The POLAR [IQ] VECTOR and POLAR [IQ] CONSTELL softkey display the POLAR [IQ] VECTOR trace in the form of a polar diagram. In the vector diagram, all the points are marked. In the constellation diagram only those at the points of decision. In the I/Q diagram, the FSIQ displays the inphase component of the signal on the X axis, the quadrature component on the Y axis.
  • Page 401 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The S YMBOL DISPLAY softkey marks the symbol decision points in the SYMBOL displayed trace. The desired form of highlighting can be selected from the DISPLAY table. Points of decision can be marked by vertical lines or by means of dots. SYMBOL DISPLAY Dots Lines...
  • Page 402 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods The FREQUENCY softkey displays the time- or symbol-dependent FREQUENCY frequency response of the signal, i.e., the frequency-demodulated signal. The frequency display is for instance suitable for measuring the frequency deviation by using the markers. The EYE DIAG [FREQ] softkey displays the frequency-demodulated signal EYE DIAG as a function of time.

  • Page 403: Measurement Of Modulation Errors

    Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Measurement of Modulation Errors The FSIQ evaluates the modulation errors by comparing the measurement signal with the internally generated ideal reference signal. The output formats differ depending on whether FSK demodulation is selected or not. The different output formats of the error are selected by means of the ERROR SIGNAL softkey.
  • Page 404 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Submenu: CONFIGURATION MODE - VECTOR ANALYZER - MEAS RESULT The ERROR SIGNAL softkey opens the submenu for selecting ERROR SIGNAL the type of error to be displayed. ERROR MAGNITUDE SIGNAL The following types of error representation are available •...
  • Page 405 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ ERROR VECT The ERROR VECT MAGNITUDE softkey displays the magnitude of the error MAGNITUDE vector versus time or symbols. POLAR [IQ] The POLAR [IQ] VECTOR and POLAR [IQ] CONSTELL softkeys display the VECTOR error vector in the polar diagram.

  • Page 406: Symbol Table And Table Of Modulation Errors

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Symbol Table and Table of Modulation Errors The symbol table and the table with modulation errors are indicated in the same display. In this case, the two tables are assigned to a trace. Similar to the trace display, the corresponding trace can be frozen ( VIEW ) or faded out ( BLANK ).
  • Page 407 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Non-FSK demodulations: Fig. 4-30 Symbol table and table of sum errors (not FSK demodulation) Description of errors as follows (not FSK signals): Magnitude error: The magnitude error is the amplitude difference of the I/Q components of measurement signal and reference signal at the points of decision.
  • Page 408 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods The I/Q offset is a measure for the LO feedthrough with analog I/Q modulators. It I/Q offset: can be seen through a shift of the zero point in the constellation diagram. Without LO feedthrough (LO 100 % suppressed), the I/Q offset is zero.
  • Page 409 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Similar to the error vector magnitude, the Rho factor is a measure for the quality of Rho factor: digital modulation. It is determined by measurement of the normalized correlated power between the measured signal and reference signal (IS95-CDMA to US standard IS-98) and is designated as waveform quality factor.

  • Page 410: Selecting Memory Size, Demodulation Length And Display Range

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods Selecting Memory Size, Demodulation Length and Display Range The size of the capture buffer containing the stored samples, the frame length to be demodulated and displayed and the number of points per symbol can be set to allow an adaptation to the measurement or to optimize the measurement speed.
  • Page 411 Digital Modulation Methods - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The FRAME LENGTH softkey calls up a table in which the number of FRAME symbols to be demodulated or evaluated is defined. LENGTH FRAME LENGTH 1600 SYMBOLS 1500 SYMBOLS 1400 SYMBOLS 1300 SYMBOLS 1200 SYMBOLS 1100 SYMBOLS 1000 SYMBOLS...
  • Page 412 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Digital Modulation Methods The RESULT LENGTH softkey opens a window for defining the number of RESULT symbols for display on the screen. LENGTH The maximum result length is identical to the frame length. With the FIND SYNC function activated (synchronization to bit sequences in the signal), the maximum result length can be reduced (or the frame length increased).

  • Page 413: Frequency Settings- Frequency Key Group

    Frequency Settings - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Frequency Settings- FREQUENCY Key Group Setting the Frequency - CENTER Key In vector signal analysis, FSIQ is always set to a fixed frequency. The RF signal is analyzed by converting the signal into the complex baseband. The frequency of FSIQ is set in the same way as in the spectrum analysis mode, i.e.

  • Page 414: Setting The Level Display And Configuring The Rf Input

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input Setting the Reference Level With spectrum analysis (ANALYZER mode) of the FSIQ, the level applied to the RF input is always indicated on the display so that one can see the relationship between the setting of the reference level and the measurement results on the display.
  • Page 415 Level Display/RF Input - Vector Analyzer FSIQ LEVEL REF Menu The REF key calls up the menu for setting the reference REF LEVEL LEVEL level and at the same time activates the level entry field. REF LEVEL Operation and softkey functions identical to analyzer RF LEVEL mode: OFFSET...

  • Page 416: Setting The Display Range And Scaling - Range Key

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input The REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey activates the entry of a level offset. REF LEVEL OFFSET It is added to the measured level, irrespective of the unit used. The scaling of the Y axis is changed accordingly. This function is used to take into account the effect of an external attenuator on the displayed values.
  • Page 417 Level Display/RF Input - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Example 1: Constellation diagram: y reference value: +1.20; x reference value: - 0,35 (reference position: 50%) Fig. 4-33 Representation of the reference values in the constellation diagram Display of I and Q signals: Y reference value: -0.2 REF position: 50% Example 2:...
  • Page 418 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Level Display/RF Input The REF VALUE POSITION softkey opens a window for setting the reference REF VALUE POSITION positions diverging from the basic setting. REF VALUE POSITION defines the position of the reference value. It normally lies at 100%, i.e.

  • Page 419: Configuration Of Rf Input In Vector Signal Analysis

    Level Display/RF Input - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Table 4-4 Allocation table of selectable units or, in case of error display, of the displayed units in operating mode DIGITAL DEMODULATION depending on RESULT DISPLAY and MEAS RESULT RESULT MAGNITUDE MAGNI- PHASE FREQUENCY REAL/ POLAR...

  • Page 420: Marker Key Group

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Main Marker MARKER Key Group In the vector analyzer mode markers may be used for highlighting points in a trace and for reading out measured values. For detailed information see section ’Marker Function’ in chapter ’Analyzer Mode’. In the vector analyzer mode marker softkey functions depend on the selected measurement.
  • Page 421 Main Marker - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The POLAR MARKER R/I / MA/PH softkey selects magnitude and phase POLAR MKR MA/PH ( MA/PH ) or real and imaginary part ( R/I ) for the numeric result display in the polar diagram. When measured values are indicated versus time this softkey is disabled.
  • Page 422 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Main Marker The ALL MARKER OFF softkey switches all markers including reference and ALL MARKER delta markers off and closes the marker entry window. In addition the MARKER INFO softkey is switched off. The MARKER INFO softkey allows several markers to be displayed in the MARKER INFO grid, in addition to the display of marker information in the marker field of the...

  • Page 423: Delta Marker - Delta Key

    Delta Marker - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Delta Marker - DELTA Key MARKER DELTA menu The DELTA key in the MARKER key group selects the DELTA MARKER MARKER delta markers. NORMAL SEARCH DELTA 1 Delta markers are always referenced to the active reference marker .
  • Page 424 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Search Menu Search Functions (Marker Search menu) - SEARCH Key The menus called up with SEARCH offer functions for a peak/min search and universal marker functions for overall evaluation of traces. The search functions can be used for markers and delta markers.
  • Page 425 Search Menu - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The ACTIVE MKR / DELTA softkey switches over between active marker ACTIVE DELTA and active delta marker. With DELTA highlighted, subsequent search functions are carried out with the active delta marker. Switchover between marker and delta marker entry is also Note: possible with the NORMAL and DELTA keys.
  • Page 426 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Search Menu The Summary Marker MARKER SEARCH menu The SUM MKR softkey switches the display of the summary marker values SUM MKR in the marker info field on and off. The measured values are updated after every sweep end (in case of AVG/ HOLD OFF) .
  • Page 427 Search Menu - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The MAX |PEAK| softkey selects the measurement of the magnitude of the MAX |PEAK| higher of the two peaks +PEAK and -PEAK per sweep. The search range can be limited by means of function SEARCH LIMITS ON .

  • Page 428: Peak Hold On Off

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Search Menu The MEAN softkey selects the measurement of the average value of the MEAN signal per sweep. Thus, the average carrier power can be measured during a GSM burst (during display of MAGNITUDE CAP BUFFER ). The search range can be limited with the SEARCH LIMITS ON function.

  • Page 429: Varying Instrument Settings By Means Of Markers - Mkrðkey

    MKR -> Menu - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Varying Instrument Settings by means of Markers - MKRÐKey MARKER MKR Ð menu The MKR -> key calls up a menu which offers functions MARKER MARKER for varying instrument parameters by means of the NORMAL SEARCH PEAK currently active marker.

  • Page 430: Setup Of Display And Limit Lines - Lines Key Field

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Display Lines Setup of Display and Limit Lines – LINES Key Field Display Lines – D LINES Key Display lines are aids which, similar to markers, make the evaluation of measurement curve data more convenient. The function of display lines is similar to that of a movable scale which can be used to measure absolute and differential values on measurement curves.
  • Page 431 Display Lines - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Menu LINES-D-LINES D LINES LINES DISPLAY LINE 1 D LINES DISPLAY LINE 2 LIMI THRESHOLD LINE REFERENCE LINE TIME/SYMB LINE 1 TIME/SYMB LINE 2 The DISPLAY LINE 1/2 softkeys switch the display lines on/off and activate DISPLAY the entry of the line location.

  • Page 432: Limit Lines - Limits Key

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Limit Lines Limit Lines – LIMITS Key Limit lines are used to define amplitude curves or error boundaries on the display screen which are not to be exceeded. They indicate, for example, the upper limits for modulation errors which are permissible from a Unit Under Test (UUT).

  • Page 433: Limit Line Selection

    Limit Lines - Vector Analyzer FSIQ LINES LIMIT menu USER LINES LIMIT LINES D LINES SELECETED LIMIT LINE SELECT LIMIT LINE Name: GSM22UP Limit: LOWER Domain: TIME X-Axis: NEW LIMIT Unit: X-Scaling: ABSOLUTE LIMITS LINE Comment: Line 1 Y-Scaling: RELATIVE EDIT LIMIT LINE LIMIT LINES...
  • Page 434 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Limit Lines Name and Compatible - Enabling limit lines A maximum of 8 limit lines can be enabled at any one time. A check mark at the left edge of a cell indicates that this limit line is enabled. A limit line can only be enabled when it has a check mark in the Compatible column, i.e.
  • Page 435 Limit Lines - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Margin - Setting a margin. The margin is defined as the signal-level distance to the limit line. When the limit line is defined as an upper limit, the margin means that the level is below the limit line.

  • Page 436: Entry And Editing Of Limit Lines

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Limit Lines Entry and Editing of Limit Lines A limit line is characterized by • its name • the unit of the time data points • the vertical unit • linear or logarithmic interpolation • the scaling in absolute or relative times •...
  • Page 437 Limit Lines - Vector Analyzer FSIQ LINES LIMIT-EDIT LIMIT LINE menu The EDIT LIMIT LINE and NEW LIMIT LINE softkeys both call the EDIT NEW LIMIT EDIT LIMIT LIMIT LINE sub-menu used for editing limit lines. In the table heading, LINE LINE the characteristics of the limit line can be entered.
  • Page 438 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Limit Lines The NAME softkey enables the entry of characteristics in the table heading. NAME Name - Enter name A maximum of 8 characters are permitted for each name. All names must be compatible with the MS DOS conventions for file names. The instrument stores all limit lines with the .LIM extension.
  • Page 439 Limit Lines - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The VALUES softkey activates the entry of the data points in the table VALUES columns Time and Limit/dB .. The desired time data points are entered in ascending order (two repeated time values are permitted). The INSERT VALUE softkey creates an empty line above the current cursor INSERT position where a new data point may be entered.

  • Page 440: Selection And Setting Of Traces - Trace Key Group

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Traces Selection and Setting of Traces - TRACE Key Group The function of keys TRACE 1 to 4 in vector signal analysis is largely identical with the function in ANALYZER mode as long as traces are displayed. If numeric values or tables (e.g. SYMBOL TABLE ) are displayed, they are also linked with a trace (some of the trace functions are not available then).
  • Page 441 Traces - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The CONTINUOUS WRITE softkey outputs measured values for each CONTINUOUS WRITE sweep or displays a trace without clearing the previous measurements. This function can be useful for the display of the constellation or eye diagram, where test runs are required for in-depth information. The AVERAGE softkey switches the trace averaging on.
  • Page 442 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Traces The MAX HOLD softkey activates peak-value averaging. MAX HOLD For every sweep run, the FSIQ identifies the highest value and compares it with the current value. The highest of the two values is then stored in the updated trace memory.

  • Page 443: Sweep Key Group

    Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ SWEEP Key Group Setting the Analog Bandwidth - COUPLING Key In the vector analysis mode, bandwidth limiting is not at the IF but in the baseband by means of digital filtering. The analog IF filters only serve for attenuating far off signals. The IF filters are set more broadly as required by the signal to be measured in order to increase the measurement accuracy.

  • Page 444: Sweep Setup - Sweep Key

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Sweep Setup Sweep Setup - SWEEP Key Menu SWEEP SWEEP The SWEEP key calls up a menu in which the type of SWEEP SWEEP measurement - single or continuous measurement - and the CONTINUOUS measurement result length to be displayed in time or symbols TRIGGER SWEEP are defined.

  • Page 445: Triggering Data Storage - Trigger Key

    Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Triggering Data Storage - TRIGGER Key The trigger in the vector analyzer mode determines the time from which data are stored in the result memory. For the demodulation of digitally modulated signals, the time reference can also be obtained by synchronization to a given bit sequence or, for TDMA signals, by searching for a burst in the result memory.
  • Page 446 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Sweep Setup The EXTERN softkey activates triggering by means of an external voltage EXTERN between -5 V to +5 V at the rear BNC connector EXT TRIGGER / GATE . The desired value is to be entered into the window. The TRIGGER OFFSET softkey opens a window for entering the desired TRIGGER...
  • Page 447 Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The FIND BURST ON/OFF softkey searches for a burst in the stored data FIND BURST (within the entered memory size), demodulates it within the entered frame length and displays it with the set result length. The FIND BURST mode is particularly useful for TDMA signals if a burst is to be completely displayed (and would otherwise not be demodulated due to the mark-to-space ratio at the maximum setable frame length of 800 symbols ) .

  • Page 448: Sync Offset

    FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Sweep Setup The FIND SYNC ON, softkey searches for a defined bit sequence (sync FIND SYNC pattern) within the set frame length. The measurement result is displayed with the set result length with reference to the first symbol of the synchronization sequence.
  • Page 449 Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The SYNC OFFSET softkey opens a window for entering the offset in symbols. SYNC OFFSET SYNC OFFSET defines the display time prior to the synchronization sequence in SYNC SEARCH. It thus determines the position of the displayed trace or symbols (result length) within the demodulated signal (frame length).
  • Page 450 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Sweep Setup Example 1 (input signal without burst): Device settings: • Input signal (without burst) • FIND BURST off • FIND SYNC on • FRAME LENGTH = 400 • RESULT LENGTH = 200 • SYNC OFFSET = 0 The start of the frame buffer is at symbol -300 (with respect to the sync pattern), the FSIQ displays the results starting with symbol no.
  • Page 451 Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Example 2 (input signal with burst): Device settings: • Input signal (burst length 100 symbols) • FIND BURST on • FIND SYNC on • FRAME LENGTH = 400 • RESULT LENGTH = 200 • SYNC OFFSET = 0 After successful search of the burst, only the symbols inside the burst are marked as valid.
  • Page 452 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Sweep Setup Example 3 (input signal with burst): Device settings: • Input signal (burst length 100 symbols) • FIND BURST on • FIND SYNC on • FRAME LENGTH = 400 • RESULT LENGTH = 200 • SYNC OFFSET = 90 After successful search of the burst, only the symbols inside the burst are marked as valid.
  • Page 453 Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ Submenu: SWEEP TRIGGER The SYNC PATTERN softkey calls up a submenu, allowing to SYNC PATTERN select available patterns. SYNC SELECT These patterns are displayed in the table PATTERN NAME . If PATTERN PATTERN a pattern is activated, the bit sequence of the selected pattern NEW SYNC is displayed in the table PATTERN VALUE .
  • Page 454 FSIQ Vector Analyzer - Sweep Setup Submenu: SWEEP TRIGGER - SYNC PATTERN The NEW PATTERN and EDIT PATTERN softkeys call up EDIT SYNC NEW SYNC PATTERN the EDIT SYNC PATTERN submenu for generating sync PATTERN pattern. In the head line of the table the name and comment of the sync pattern to be edited or modified can be entered.
  • Page 455 Sweep Setup - Vector Analyzer FSIQ The VALUE softkey activates the input of the bit pattern of the sync pattern. VALUE The sync pattern may include "don’t care bits" which are not considered when searching for the valid bit pattern.. The don’t care bits are marked by an 'x' in the VALUE field.

  • Page 456: Tracking Generator Option

    FSIQ Tracking generator Tracking Generator Option In the normal mode, the tracking generator sends a signal exactly at the input frequency of the instrument without a frequency offset. For frequency-converting measurements it is possible to set a constant frequency offset of ±200 MHz between the output signal of the tracking generator and the receive frequency of the instrument.
  • Page 457 Tracking generator FSIQ Tracking Generator Settings SYSTEM MODE menu: The TRACKING GEN softkey opens a menu for setting the TRACKING GENERATOR functions of the tracking generator. TRACKING SOURCE GENERATOR SOURCE POWER POWER OFFSET SOURCE FREQUENCY OFFSET MODULATION The SOURCE ON/OFF softkey switches the tracking generator on or off. SOURCE Default setting is OFF / OFF...

  • Page 458: Transmission Measurement

    FSIQ Tracking generator - Transmission measurement Transmission Measurement In this measurement, the transmission characteristic of a two-port network is measured. The built-in tracking generator serves as a signal source. The tracking generator is connected to the input connector of the DUT. The input of the instrument is fed from the output of the DUT. GEN OUTPUT RF INPUT Fig.
  • Page 459 Transmission measurement - Tracking generator FSIQ The CAL TRANS softkey triggers the calibration of the transmission measurement. TRANS It starts a sweep that records a reference curve. This trace is then used to obtain the differences to the normalized values. Fig.

  • Page 460: Normalization

    FSIQ Tracking generator - Transmission measurement Normalization SYSTEM MODE - TRACKING GENERATOR - SOURCE CAL menu: The NORMALIZE softkey switches the normalization on or off. The softkey is only offered if the memory contains a correction trace. NORMALIZE If no reference line is switched on when activating the normalization, all measured values are with reference to the top grid line.
  • Page 461 Transmission measurement - Tracking generator FSIQ It is now possible to shift the relative reference point within the grid by using the REF VALUE POSITION softkey. Thus, the trace can be shifted from the top grid margin to the middle of the grid: The REF VALUE POSITION softkey (reference position) marks a reference position in the active measurement window on which the normalization REF VALUE...
  • Page 462 FSIQ Tracking generator - Transmission measurement The REF VALUE softkey activates the input of a level value which is REF VALUE assigned to the reference line. With normalization switched on, all measured values are displayed relative to the reference line, or if the latter is switched off relative to the top grid line which corresponds to 0 dB with default setting.
  • Page 463 Transmission measurement - Tracking generator FSIQ If a 10dB-attenuator pad is measured, the reference line can be displayed with a nominal attenuation after calibration by entering REF VALUE -10 dB. Departures from this nominal value are then displayed with high resolution (eg 1dB/Div) and with the absolute attenuation (eg 1 dB below nominal value = 11 dB attenuation).

  • Page 464: Reflection Measurement

    FSIQ Tracking generator - Reflection measurement Reflection Measurement Scalar reflection measurements can be carried out by means of a reflection-coefficient bridge. GEN OUTPUT RF INPUT BRIDGE Fig. 4-41 Test setup for reflection measurements Calibration of Reflection Measurement This calibration essentially corresponds to that of the transmission measurement. SYSTEM MODE-TRACKING-SOURCE CAL submenu The CAL REFL OPEN softkey starts the open-circuit calibration.

  • Page 465: Functioning Of Calibration

    Functioning of Calibration - Tracking generator FSIQ Functioning of Calibration Independent of the selected measurement (transmission/reflection) the calibration performs a difference calculation of the current measured values to a reference curve. The hardware settings used for measuring the reference curve is also assigned to the reference data set. With the normalization switched on, the device stetting can largely be changed without stopping the normalization, ie the necessity to carry out a new normalization is reduced to a minimum.

  • Page 466: Frequency-Converting Measurements

    FSIQ Tracking generator - Frequency Converting Measurements Frequency-Converting Measurements For frequency-converting measurements (eg on converters) the tracking generator is able to set a constant frequency offset between the output frequency of the tracking generator and the receive frequency of the instrument. Up to an output frequency of 200 MHz the measurement can be carried out in inverted and normal position.

  • Page 467: External Modulation Of Tracking Generator

    External Modulation - Tracking generator FSIQ External Modulation of Tracking Generator SYSTEM MODE - TRACKING GENERATOR menu: The MODULATION softkey opens a submenu for MODULATION selecting the different modulation types. MODULATION EXT AM The time characteristic of the output signal of the tracking generator can be influenced by means of externally fed-in EXT ALC signals (input voltage range -1 V to +1 V).
  • Page 468 FSIQ Tracking generator - External modulation The EXT AM softkey activates an AM modulation of the tracking generator output signal. EXT AM The modulation signal is connected to the TG-INPUT AM connector. An input voltage of 1 V corresponds to 100% amplitude modulation. Switching on an external AM deactivates the following functions: –...
  • Page 469 External Modulation - Tracking generator FSIQ The EXT I/Q softkey is only offered with I/Q modulator option built-in. It activates the external I/Q modulation of the tracking generator (FSE-B9 and EXT I/Q FSE B-11). The signals for modulation are connected to the two input connectors TG- INPUT IN and TG-INPUT Q at the rear of the unit.
  • Page 470 FSIQ Contents - Remote Control - Basics Contents - Chapter 5 "Remote Control - "Basics" 5 Remote Control - Basics Introduction ............................5.1 Brief Instructions ..........................5.2 Switchover to Remote Control ....................... 5.3 Indications during Remote Control ..................5.3 Remote Control via IEC Bus....................5.4 Setting the Device Address ...................
  • Page 471 Contents - Remote Control - Basics FSIQ STATus QUEStionable:POWer Register ..............5.29 STATus QUEStionable:SYNC Register ..............5.30 STATus QUEStionable:TRANsducer Register ............5.31 Application of the Status Reporting Systems................. 5.32 Service Request, Making Use of the Hierarchy Structure ........... 5.32 Serial Poll ........................5.32 Parallel Poll........................

  • Page 472: Remote Control - Basics

    FSIQ Introduction 5 Remote Control - Basics In this chapter you find: • instructions how to put the FSIQ into operation via remote control, • a general introduction to remote control of programmable instruments. This includes the description of the command structure and syntax according to the SCPI standard, the description of command execution and of the status registers, •...

  • Page 473: Brief Instructions

    Brief Instructions FSIQ Brief Instructions The short and simple operating sequence given below permits fast putting into operation of the instrument and setting of its basic functions. As a prerequisite, the IEC-bus address, which is factory-set to 20, must not have been changed. 1.

  • Page 474: Switchover To Remote Control

    FSIQ Switchover to Remote Control Switchover to Remote Control On power-on, the instrument is always in the manual operating state ("LOCAL" state) and can be operated via the front panel. It is switched to remote control ("REMOTE" state) IEC-bus as soon as it receives an addressed command from a controller. RS-232 as soon as it receives a command from a controller.

  • Page 475: Remote Control Via Iec Bus

    Switchover to Remote Control FSIQ Remote Control via IEC Bus Setting the Device Address In order to operate the instrument via the IEC-bus, it must be addressed using the set IEC-bus address. The IEC-bus address of the instrument is factory-set to 20. It can be changed manually in the SETUP - GENERAL SETUP menu or via IEC bus.

  • Page 476: Remote Control Via Rs-232-Interface

    FSIQ Switchover to Remote Control Remote Control via RS-232-Interface Setting the Transmission Parameters To enable an error-free and correct data transmission, the parameters of the unit and the controller should have the same setting. Parameters can be manually changed in menu SETUP-GENERAL SETUP table PORT...

  • Page 477: Remote Control Via Rsib Interface

    Switchover to Remote Control FSIQ Remote Control via RSIB Interface To access the measuring instruments via the RSIB interface the DLLs should be installed in the corresponding directories: • RSIB.DLL in Windows NT system directory or control application directory. •RSIB32.DLL in Windows NT system32 directory or control application directory. On the measuring instrument the DLL is already installed in the corresponding directory.

  • Page 478: Messages

    FSIQ Messages Messages The messages transferred via the data lines of the IEC bus or the RSIB interface (see chapter 8) can be divided into two groups: – interface messages and – device messages. For the RS-232 interface, no interface messages are defined. IEE/IEEE-Bus Interface Messages Interface messages are transferred on the data lines of the IEC bus, the "ATN"...

  • Page 479: Device Messages (Commands And Device Responses)

    Messages FSIQ Device Messages (Commands and Device Responses) Device messages are transferred on the data lines of the IEC bus, the "ATN" control line not being active. ASCII code is used. The device messages are more or less equal for the different interfaces. A distinction is made according to the direction in which they are sent on the IEC bus: –...

  • Page 480: Structure And Syntax Of The Device Messages

    FSIQ Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages SCPI Introduction SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) describes a standard command set for programming instruments, irrespective of the type of instrument or manufacturer. The goal of the SCPI consortium is to standardize the device-specific commands to a large extent.
  • Page 481 Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages FSIQ Device-specific commands Hierarchy: Device-specific commands hierarchical structure (see Fig. 5-1). The different levels are represented by combined headers. Headers of the highest level (root level) have only one key word. This key word denotes a complete command system. Example: This key word denotes the command system SENSe...
  • Page 482 FSIQ Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages Optional key words: Some command systems permit certain key words to be optionally inserted into the header or omitted. These key words are marked by square brackets in the description. The full command length must be recognized by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standard.

  • Page 483: Structure Of A Command Line

    Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages FSIQ Structure of a Command Line A command line may consist of one or several commands. It is terminated by a <New Line>, a <New Line> with EOI or an EOI together with the last data byte. Quick BASIC automatically produces an EOI together with the last data byte.

  • Page 484: Parameters

    FSIQ Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages Parameters Most commands require a parameter to be specified. The parameters must be separated from the header by a "white space". Permissible parameters are numerical values, Boolean parameters, text, character strings and block data. The type of parameter required for the respective command and the permissible range of values are specified in the command description (see Section 3.6).

  • Page 485: Input:coupling

    Structure and Syntax of the Device Messages FSIQ Text parameters observe the syntactic rules for key words, i.e. they can be Text entered using a short or long form. Like any parameter, they have to be separated from the header by a white space. In the case of a query, the short form of the text is provided.

  • Page 486: Instrument Model And Command Processing

    FSIQ Instrument Model and Command Processing Instrument Model and Command Processing The instrument model shown in Fig. 5-2 has been made viewed from the standpoint of the servicing of IEC-bus commands. The individual components work independently of each other and simultaneously. They communicate by means of so-called "messages".

  • Page 487: Command Recognition

    Instrument Model and Command Processing FSIQ Command Recognition The command recognition analyses the data received from the input unit. It proceeds in the order in which it receives the data. Only a DCL is serviced with priority, a GET (Group Execute Trigger), e.g., is only executed after the commands received before as well.

  • Page 488: Output Unit

    FSIQ Instrument Model and Command Processing Output Unit The output unit collects the information requested by the controller, which it receives from the data set management. It processes it according to the SCPI rules and makes it available in the output buffer. The output buffer has a size of 4096 characters.

  • Page 489: Status Reporting System

    Status Reporting System FSIQ Status Reporting System The status reporting system (cf. Fig. 5-3) stores all information on the present operating state of the instrument, e.g. that the instrument presently carries out an AUTORANGE and on errors which have occurred. This information is stored in the status registers and in the error queue. The status registers and the error queue can be queried via IEC bus.
  • Page 490 FSIQ Status Reporting System The CONDition part is directly written into by the hardware or the sum bit of CONDition part the next lower register. Its contents reflects the current instrument status. This register part can only be read, but not written into or cleared. Its contents is not affected by reading.

  • Page 491: Overview Of The Status Registers

    Status Reporting System FSIQ Overview of the Status Registers not used Subrange limit attained Subrange 10 Subrange 9 Subrange 8 Subrange 7 Subrange 6 Subrange 5 Subrange 4 Subrange 3 Subrange 2 Subrange 1 STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer & = logical AND not used not used not used PROGram running...

  • Page 492: Description Of The Status Registers

    FSIQ Status Reporting System Description of the Status Registers Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE) The STB is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It provides a rough overview of the instrument status by collecting the pieces of information of the lower registers. It can thus be compared with the CONDition part of an SCPI register and assumes the highest level within the SCPI hierarchy.

  • Page 493: Ist Flag And Parallel Poll Enable Register (Ppe)

    Status Reporting System FSIQ IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE) By analogy with the SRQ, the IST flag combines the entire status information in a single bit. It can be queried by means of a parallel poll or using command "*IST?". The parallel poll enable register (PPE) determines which bits of the STB contribute to the IST flag.

  • Page 494: Status:operation Register

    FSIQ Status Reporting System STATus:OPERation Register In the CONDition part, this register contains information on which actions the instrument is being executing or, in the EVENt part, information on which actions the instrument has executed since the last reading. It can be read using commands "STATus:OPERation:CONDition?" or "STATus :OPERation[:EVENt]?".

  • Page 495: Status:questionable Register

    Status Reporting System FSIQ STATus:QUEStionable Register This register comprises information about indefinite states which may occur if the unit is operated without meeting the specifications. It can be queried by commands STATus:QUEStionable: CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?. Table 5-5 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable register Bit No.

  • Page 496: Status Questionable:acplimit Register

    FSIQ Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register This register comprises information about the observance of limits during adjacent power measurements. queried with commands ’STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit :CONDition?’ and ’STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?’ Table 5-6 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register Bit No. Meaning ADJ UPPer FAIL(Screen A) This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel.

  • Page 497: Status Questionable:frequency Register

    Status Reporting System FSIQ STATus QUEStionable:FREQuency Register This register comprises information about the reference and local oscillator. It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition? and "STATus :QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?. Table 5-7 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register Bit No. Meaning OVEN COLD This bit is set if the reference oscillator has not yet attained its operating temperature.

  • Page 498: Status Questionable:limit Register

    FSIQ Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable:LIMit Register This register comprises information about the observance of limit lines. It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit [:EVENt]?. Table 5-8 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register Bit No. Meaning LIMit 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 1 is violated.

  • Page 499: Status Questionable:lmargin Register

    Status Reporting System FSIQ STATus QUEStionable:LMARgin Register This register comprises information about the observance of limit margins. It can be queried with commands "STATus:QUEStionable STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:CONDition? :LMARgin[:EVENt]?. Table 5-9 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register Bit No. Meaning LMARgin 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated.

  • Page 500: Status Questionable:power Register

    FSIQ Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable:POWer Register This register comprises all information about possible overloads of the unit. It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable :POWer:CONDition? and "STATus :QUEStionable:POWer [:EVENt]?. Table 5-10 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register Bit No. Meaning OVERload (Screen A) This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded.

  • Page 501: Status Questionable:sync Register

    Status Reporting System FSIQ STATus QUEStionable:SYNC Register This register comprises information about sync and burst events. It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition? and "STATus :QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?. Table 5-11 Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register Bit No. Meaning SYNC not found This bit is set if the sync sequence of midamble was not found.

  • Page 502: Status Questionable:transducer Register

    FSIQ Status Reporting System STATus QUEStionable:TRANsducer Register This register indicates that a transducer hold point is attained (bit 15) and what range is to be swept next (bit 0 to 10). The sweep can be continued with command INITiate2:CONMeasure. It can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:CONDition? and "STATus :QUEStionable:TRANsducer[:EVENt]?.

  • Page 503: Application Of The Status Reporting Systems

    Status Reporting System FSIQ Application of the Status Reporting Systems In order to be able to effectively use the status reporting system, the information contained there must be transmitted to the controller and further processed there. There are several methods which are represented in the following.

  • Page 504: Chapter 7, Program Examples

    FSIQ Status Reporting System The instrument first has to be set for the parallel poll using quick-BASIC command "IBPPC()". This command allocates a data line to the instrument and determines whether the response is to be inverted. The parallel poll itself is executed using "IBRPP()". The parallel-poll method is mainly used in order to quickly find out after an SRQ which instrument has sent the service request if there are many instruments connected to the IEC bus.

  • Page 505: Resetting Values Of The Status Reporting System

    Status Reporting System FSIQ Resetting Values of the Status Reporting System Table 5-13 comprises the different commands and events causing the status reporting system to be reset. None of the commands, except for *RST and SYSTem:PRESet influences the functional instrument settings. In particular, DCL does not change the instrument settings. Table 5-13 Resettting instrument functions Event...
  • Page 506 FSIQ Contents - Description of Commands Contents - Chapter 6 "Remote Control - Description of Commands" 6 Description of Commands Notation ............................6.1 Common Commands........................6.4 ABORt Subsystem ........................... 6.7 CALCulate Subsystem........................6.7 CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem ..................6.8 CALCulate:DLINe Subsystem ....................6.14 CALCulate:FEED Subsystem ....................
  • Page 507 Contents - Description of Commands FSIQ SENSe Subsystem ........................6.145 SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem....................6.145 SENSe:AVERage Subsystem ..................... 6.147 SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem ................... 6.149 SENSe:CORRection-Subsystem..................6.152 SENSe:DETector Subsystem ....................6.162 SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem....................6.163 SENSe:FILTer Subsystem ....................6.171 SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem..................6.174 SENSe:MIXer - Subsystem ....................6.178 SENSe:MSUMmary Subsystem ..................
  • Page 508 FSIQ Contents - Description of Commands SWEEP Key Group ....................6.269 TRIGGER Key - Digital Demodulation ..............6.269 TRIGGER Key - Analog Demodulation ..............6.270 Tracking Generator (Option FSE-B8 to B11)................271 CONFIGURATION Key Group ..................271 GSM BTS Analysis (Option FSE-K11)................. 6.272 CONFIGURATION Key Group ..................
  • Page 509 Contents - Description of Commands FSIQ 1119.5063.12 I-6.4 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 510: Description Of Commands

    FSIQ Notation 6 Description of Commands Notation In the following sections, all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed in tables and then described in detail, separated according to the command system. The notation corresponds to the one of the SCPI standards to a large extent. The SCPI conformity information can be taken from the individual description of the commands.
  • Page 511 Notation FSIQ Upper/lower case notation Upper/lower case letters serve to mark the long or short form of the key words of a command in the description (see Chapter 5). The instrument itself does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters. A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several Special characters commands.
  • Page 512 FSIQ Notation <numeric_value> <num> These indications mark parameters which may be entered as numeric values or be set using specific keywords (character data). The keywords given below are permitted: MINimum This keyword sets the parameter to the smallest possible value. MAXimum This keyword sets the parameter to the largest possible value.

  • Page 513: Common Commands

    Common Commands FSIQ Common Commands The common commands are taken from the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. Same commands have the same effect on different devices. The headers of these commands consist of an asterisk "*" followed by three letters. Many common commands refer to the status reporting system which is described in detail in Chapter 5.
  • Page 514 Device (analyzer model) Serial number of the instrument Firmware version number Example: "Rohde&Schwarz, FSIQ3, 825082/007, 2.05" *IST? INDIVIDUAL STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form (0 | 1). The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll (cf. Chapter 5).

  • Page 515: Power On Status Clear

    Common Commands FSIQ *PRE 0 to 255 PARALLEL POLL REGISTER ENABLE sets parallel poll enable register to the value indicated. Query *PRE? returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal form. *PSC 0 | 1 determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers is POWER ON STATUS CLEAR maintained or reset in switching on.

  • Page 516: Abort Subsystem

    FSIQ ABORt / CALCulate Subsystem ABORt Subsystem The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions. An action can be triggered again immediately after being aborted. All commands trigger events which is why they are not assigned any *RST value. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...

  • Page 517: Calculate:deltamarker Subsystem

    CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem checks the delta-marker functions in the instrument. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :DELTamarker<1 to 4> [:STATe] <Boolean> :MODE ABSolute|RELative :AOFF no query :TRACe <numeric_value> <numeric_value> HZ | S | SYM :RELative? query only query only :MAXimum [:PEAK]...
  • Page 518 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:MODE ABSolute | RELative This command switches over between relative and absolute input of frequency of the delta marker. "CALC:DELT:MODE ABS" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: In the RELative mode, the frequency of the delta marker is programmed relative to the reference marker.
  • Page 519 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:Y? This command queries the value of the selected marker. Example: "CALC:DELT:Y?" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: In complex presentations (vector signal analysis - polar diagrams), the real and the imaginary component as well as magnitude and phase are output separated by a comma.
  • Page 520 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:MAXimum:LEFT This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current value (i.e., in descending X direction) in the trace memory. Example: "CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, BTS, MS Modes:...
  • Page 521 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off. "CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific. A, VA-D, BTS, MS Modes: The reference value is independent of the current trace. CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y <numeric_value>...
  • Page 522 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? This command queries the result of the phase noise measurement. "CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:RES?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, BTS, MS Modes: This command is only a query which is why it is not assigned an *RST value. CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1 to 4>:STEP[:INCRement] <numeric_value>...

  • Page 523: Calculate:dline Subsystem

    CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate:DLINe Subsystem The CALCulate:DLINe subsystem checks the display lines in the instrument, i.e., the level, frequency and time lines (depending on the X-axis) as well as threshold and reference lines. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :DLINe<1|2> <numeric_value> DBM | DB | DEG | RAD | S | HZ | PCT :STATe...
  • Page 524 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold MINimum to MAXimum (depending on current unit) This command defines the position of the thresholds. "CALC:THR -82dBm" Example: *RST value: - (STATe to OFF) Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: For marker scan functions MAX PEAK, NEXT PEAK etc., the threshold serves as the lowest limit for maximum or minimum search.
  • Page 525 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:RLINe MINimum to MAXimum (depending on the current unit) This command defines the position of the reference line. "CALC:RLIN -10dBm" Example: *RST value: - (STATe to OFF) Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The reference line serves as a reference for the arithmetic operation of traces. The units DEG, RAD, S, and HZ are only valid in operating mode Vector Signal Analysis.
  • Page 526 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2> 0 to 1000s This command defines the position of the time lines. "CALC:TLIN 10ms" Example: *RST value: - (STATe to OFF) Features: SCPI: device-specific A-Z, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The time lines mark the given times in the display. Time lines are only valid for a SPAN = 0. CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF This command switches the time line on or off.
  • Page 527 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate:FEED Subsystem The CALCulate:FEED subsystem selects the measured data in operating mode vector signal analysis. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :FEED <string> Vector Signal Analysis no query CALCulate<1|2>:FEED <string> This command selects the measured data that are to be displayed. <string>::= ‘XTIM:DDEM:MEAS’...

  • Page 528: Calculate:format Subsystem

    FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate:FORMat Subsystem The CALCulate:FORMat subsystem determines further processing and conversion of measured data in operating mode vector signal analysis. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :FORMat MAGNitude | PHASe | UPHase | Vector Signal Analysis RIMag | FREQuency | IEYE | QEYE | TEYE | FEYE | COMP | CONS :FSK :DEViation...

  • Page 529: Calculate:limit Subsystem

    CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem The CALCulate:LIMit subsystem comprises the limit lines and the corresponding limit checks. Limit lines can be defined as upper and lower limit lines. The individual values of the limit lines correspond to the values of the X-axis (CONTrol) which have to have the same number. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 530 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :LIMit<1 to 8> :BURSt Option FSE-K11 or FSE-K10 :PTEMplate? query only :POWer? query only :SPECtrum Option FSE-K11 or FSE-K10 :MODulation? ARFCn | TXBand | RXBand | query only COMBined | DCSRx1800 :FAILs? ARFCn | TXBand | RXBand | query only COMBined | DCSRx1800...
  • Page 531 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT DBM | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT |DBUA | AMPere | DB | DBUV_MHZ | DBMV_MHZ | DBUA_MHZ | DBUV_M | DBUA_M | DBUV_MMHZ | DBUA_MMHZ |DEG | RAD | S | HZ | PCT | UNITLESS| This command defines the unit of the selected limit line.
  • Page 532 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:CONTrol:OFFSet <numeric_value> This command defines an offset for the X-axis value of the selected relative limit line in the frequency or time domain. "CALC:LIM:CONT:OFFS 100us" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA Modes: RELative | ABSolute CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:CONTrol:MODE This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the X-axis of the selected limit line.
  • Page 533 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric_value>,<numeric_value>.. This command defines the values for the upper limit lines. "CALC:LIM:UPP -10,0,0,-10" Example: *RST value: - (LIMit:STATe is set to OFF) Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The number of values for the CONTrol axis and the corresponding UPPer limit line have to be identical.
  • Page 534 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:UPPer:SHIFt <numeric_value> This command shifts a limit line, which has relative values for the Y-axis (levels or linear units such as volt). "CALC:LIM:UPP:SHIF 20dB" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query.
  • Page 535 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ <numeric_value> CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:LOWer:OFFSet This command defines an offset for the Y-axis of the selected relative lower limit line. "CALC:LIM:LOW:OFFS 3dB" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA Modes: CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:LOWer:MARGin <numeric_value> This command defines the margin of the selected lower limit line. "CALC:LIM:LOW:MARG 10dB"...

  • Page 536: Calculate :Limit :Fail

    FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:FAIL? This command queries the result of the limit check. Example: "CALC:LIM:FAIL?" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The result of the limit check responds with 0 in case of PASS and with 1 in case of FAIL. CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:CLEar[:IMMediate] This command deletes the result of the current limit check.
  • Page 537 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:NAME <name of limit line> This command assigns a name to a limit line numbered 1 to 8. If it doesn’t exist previously, a limit line with this name is created. Example: "CALC:LIM1:NAME ’GSM1’" Features: *RST value: ’REM1’...
  • Page 538 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:BURSt:POWer? This command queries the total result of the carrier power measurement. The result is displayed in character data form. Possible values are: Parameter: PASSED limit not exceeded FAILED limit exceeded ABORTED measurement aborted RUNNING measurement not completed "CALC:LIM:BURS:POW?"...
  • Page 539 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ ARFCn | TXBand | RXBand | CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:SPECtrum:MODulation:FAILs? COMBined | DCSRx1800 This command queries the number of limit violations of the spectrum due to modulation measurement. "CALC:LIM:SPEC:MOD:FAIL? RXB" Examples: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: ARFCN ±...
  • Page 540 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:SPECtrum:SWITching? This command queries the total result of the spectrum due to switching transients measurements. The result is displayed in character data form. Possible values are: Parameter: PASSED limit not exceeded FAILED limit exceeded ABORTED measurement aborted RUNNING measurement not completed...
  • Page 541 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:SPURious:FAILs? TXBand | OTXBand | RXBand | IDLeband This command queries the number of limit violations of the spurious emissions measurement. "CALC:LIM:SPUR:FAIL? OTXB" Examples: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: TXBand TX-band OTXBand Not TX-band RXBand RX-band (option FSE-K11 only)
  • Page 542 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ACHannel 0 to 100 dB, 0 to 100 dB This command defines the limit for the upper/lower adjacent channel for adjacent channel power measurements. The first (second) numeric value is the limit for the upper (lower) adjacent Parameter: channel.
  • Page 543 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2> 0 to 100DB, 0 to 100 dB. This command defines the limit for the first/second alternate adjacent channel for adjacent channel power measurements. The first (second) numeric value is the limit for the lower (upper) alternate Parameter: adjacent channel.

  • Page 544: Calculate:marker Subsystem

    FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :MARKer<1 to 4> [:STATe] <Boolean> :AOFF no query :TRACe <numeric_value> <numeric_value> HZ | S | SYM :SLIMits [:STATe] <Boolean> :COUNt <Boolean>...
  • Page 545 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :MARKer :FUNCtion :STRack <Boolean> [:STATe] :ADEMod Vector Signal Analysis [:RESult]? PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS query only [:RESult]? PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS | RDEV query only [:RESult]? PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS query only :AFRequency...
  • Page 546 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :MARKer :FUNCtion :SUMMary :MPEak Vector Signal Analysis [:STATe] <Boolean> :RESult? query only :AVERage :RESult? query only :PHOLd RESult? query only :MIDDle Vector Signal Analysis [:STATe] <Boolean> :RESult? query only :AVERage :RESult? query only :PHOLd RESult? query only...
  • Page 547 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:AOFF This command switches off all active markers. "CALC:MARK:AOFF" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:TRACe 1 to 4 This command assigns the selected marker (1 to 4) to the indicated test curve.
  • Page 548 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:COUNt:RESolution 0.1 | 1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 Hz This command specifies the resolution of the frequency counter. "CALC:MARK:COUN:RES 1kHz" Example: *RST value: 1kHz Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: The numeric suffix in MARKer<1 to 4> is not significant. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:COUNt:FREQuency? This command queries the result of the frequency counter.
  • Page 549 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] This command positions the marker to the current maximum value in the trace memory. "CALC:MARK:MAX" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:MAXimum:APEak This command positions the marker to the maximum absolute value of the trace.
  • Page 550 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:MINimum[:PEAK] This command positions the marker to the current minimum value in the trace memory. "CALC:MARK:MIN" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:MINimum:NEXT This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value in the trace memory.
  • Page 551 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:STEP[:INCRement] <numeric_value> This command defines the marker step width. "CALC:MARK:STEP 10kHz" (frequency domain) Example: CALC:MARK:STEP 5ms" (time domain) *RST value: - (STEP is set to AUTO) Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: This command sets STEP:AUTO to OFF. The numeric suffix in MARKer<1 to 4> is not significant. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:STEP:AUTO ON | OFF This command switches the automatic adaptation of the marker step width on or off.
  • Page 552 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown <numeric_value> This command defines the "N dB Down" value. Example: "CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: The temporary markers T1 and T2 are positioned by n dB below the active reference marker. The frequency spacing of these markers can be queried with CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion: NDBDown:RESult?.
  • Page 553 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:ZOOM <numeric_value> This command defines the range to be enlarged around the active marker. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 1kHz" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: The subsequent frequency sweep is stopped at the marker position and the frequency of the signal is counted.
  • Page 554 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches the demodulation on or off. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: With demodulation switched on, the frequency sweep is stopped at the marker position and the signal is demodulated during the given stop time.
  • Page 555 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SFACtor:RESult? This command queries the result of the shape factor measurement. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SFAC:RES?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SFACtor:FREQuency? This command queries the frequencies of the shape factor measurement.
  • Page 556 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FM[:RESult]? PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS | RDEV This command queries the results of the FM modulation measurement of the analog demodulation. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:FM? PPE" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-A Mode: PPEak Result of the measurement with detector +PK MPEak Result of the measurement with detector -PK...
  • Page 557 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:CARRier[:RESult]? This command queries the results of the carrier frequency measurement. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:CARR?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-A Mode: CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:SINad[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches the SINAD measurement on or off. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:SIN ON"...
  • Page 558 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem MERM | MEPK | MEPS | PERM | CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:DDEMod:RESult? PEPK | PEPS | EVRM | EVPK | EVPS | IQOF | IQIM | ADR | FERR | RHO This command queries the error measurement results of digital demodulation. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:DDEM:RES? EVRM"...
  • Page 559 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? ACPower | CPOWer | OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0 This command queries the results of the power measurement (see also CALCulate:MARKer: FUNCtion:POWer:SELect.) "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: ACPower adjacent channel power measurement;...
  • Page 560 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet NADC | TETRA | PDC | PHS | CDPD | FWCDma | RWCDma | FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma| M2CDma | D2CDma | F8CDma | R8CDma | F19Cdma | R19Cdma | NONE "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES NADC" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode:...
  • Page 561 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MAXimum[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the maximum of the absolute value. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MAX ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: When the measurement is switched on, the summary marker is automatically activated (command SUMMary:STATe set to ON).
  • Page 562 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem ON | OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe] This command switches on or off the measurement of the positive peak value if the calculation and. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: When the measurement is switched on, the summary marker is automatically activated (command SUMMary:STATe set to ON).
  • Page 563 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MPEak[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the negative peak value. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MPE ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: When the measurement is switched on, the summary marker is automatically activated (command SUMMary:STATe set to ON).
  • Page 564 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MIDDle[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the arithmetical mean between positive and negative peak value. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MIDD ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: When the measurement is switched on, the summary marker is automatically activated (command SUMMary:STATe set to ON).
  • Page 565 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the effective (rms) value of the total trace. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUM:RMS ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A-Z, VA Modes: When the measurement is switched on, the summary marker is automatically activated (command SUMMary:STATe set to ON).
  • Page 566 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches on or off the measurement of the mean value of the total trace. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A-Z, VA Modes: When the measurement is switched on, the summary marker is automatically activated (command SUMMary:STATe set to ON).
  • Page 567 CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd ON | OFF This command switches on or off the peak-hold function. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A-Z, VA Modes: The peak-hold function is reset by switching off and on, again. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage ON | OFF This command switches the calculation of the average value on or off.
  • Page 568 FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:STARt This command sets the start frequency to the frequency of the current marker. "CALC:MARK:FUNC:STAR" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: This command is an "event" which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:STOP This command sets the stop frequency to the frequency of the current marker.

  • Page 569: Calculate:math Subsystem

    CALCulate Subsystem FSIQ CALCulate:MATH Subsystem The CALCulate:MATH - subsystem allows to process data from the SENSe-subsystem in numeric expressions. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> :MATH<1 to 4> [:EXPRession] [:DEFine] <expr> :STATe <Boolean> CALCulate<1|2>:MATH<1 to 4>[:EXPression][:DEFine] <expr> This command defines the mathematical expression for relating traces and reference line. Command CALCulate:MATH:STATe switches the mathematical relation of traces on or off .

  • Page 570: Calculate:unit Subsystem

    FSIQ CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem The CALCulate:Unit subsystem defines the units for vector signal analyzer mode and power measurements. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate<1|2> Vector Signal Analysis :UNIT :TIME S | SYM :UNIT :ANGLe DEG | RAD Vector Signal Analysis DBM | V | W | DB | :POWer PCT | UNITLESS |...

  • Page 571: Calibration Subsystem

    CALibration Subsystem FSIQ CALibration Subsystem The commands of the CALibration subsystem perform instrument calibrations. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALibration [:ALL]? query only :BANDwidth [:RESolution]? query only :BWIDth [:RESolution]? query only :IQ? query only / Vector Signal Analysis :LDETector? query only :LOSuppression? query only :PPEak?
  • Page 572 FSIQ CALibration Subsystem CALibration:LDETector? This command performs a calibration of the log module’s characteristic and of the detectors. A "0" is returned if the calibration was successful. Example: "CAL:LDET?" Features: *RST value: SCPI: device-specific Modes: A, VA, BTS, MS CALibration:LOSuppression? This command performs a calibration of the local oscillator suppression.

  • Page 573: Configure Subsystem

    CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure Subsystem The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks, like those provided by the options GSM BTS Analyzer (FSE-K11) or GSM MS Analyzer (FSE-K10). The CONFigure subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the FETCH and READ subsystems, where the measurement cycles are started and/or the results of the measurements are queried.
  • Page 574 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure[:BTS]:MEASurement? This command queries which measurement is currently set. PFERror Phase-/Frequency Error POWer Carrier Power PTEMplate Power v. Time MODulation Modulation Spectrum SWITching Transient Spectrum SPURious Spurious "CONF:MEAS?" Answer: "PFER" Example: *RST-value: - Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Mode: <numeric_value>...
  • Page 575 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure[:BTS]:LIMit:PRMS <numeric_value> This command determines the phase error limits in degrees for the phase/frequency measurement (mean value). "CONF:LIM:PRMS 22" Example: *RST value: depending on standard Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: CONFigure[:BTS]:LIMit:FREQuency <numeric_value> This command determines the frequency error limits in ppm for the phase/frequency measurement. "CONF:LIM:FREQ 36"...
  • Page 576 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:COUPled ON | OFF This command switches between user-defined (OFF) and standard-defined (ON) level values. "CONF:POW:COUP ON" Example: *RST value: Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:STATic 0 to 6 This command defines the static power control level of the base station. "CONF:POW:STAT 3"...
  • Page 577 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:SINGle[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches single measurement of carrier power on and off. "CONF:POW:SING ON" Example: *RST value: Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:SINGle:CLEar This command clears the table containing the single-step carrier power measurements. "CONF:POW:SING:CLE" Example: *RST value: Feature: SCPI:...
  • Page 578 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem ON | OFF CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:TSC:AUTO This command couples the midamble (training sequence TSC_0 to 7) to the slot, i.e. if the slot number is changed the training sequence in the ON state is automatically adapted. In the OFF state, the training sequence set is conserved even if the slot number is changed.
  • Page 579 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ ON | OFF CONFigure[:BTS]:TXSupp This command defines that an additional carrier suppression of min. 20dB is taken into account for the measurement. If there is already suppression, a more sensitive setting of the instrument is selected. "CONF:TXS ON" Example: *RST value: Features:...
  • Page 580 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure:BURSt Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM BTS Analyzer mode (option FSE-K11) or GSM MS Analyzer mode (option FSE-K10) which are performed on individual bursts. (carrier power, phase/frequency error, power vs. time). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 581 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure:BURSt:POWer[:IMMediate] This command selects measurement of the average carrier power of the base station or mobile. "CONF:BURS:POW" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event and thus has no query and no *RST value assigned. 1 to 1000 CONFigure:BURSt:POWer:COUNt This command sets the number of bursts used for the determination of measured values.
  • Page 582 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure:BURSt:PTEMPlate:COUNt 1 to 1000 This command defines the number of bursts used for determining the measured value. "CONF:BURS:PTEM:COUN 100" Example: *RST value: 500 (GSM/DCS1800 phase I) Features: 200 otherwise SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: FULL | TOP | RISing | FALLing CONFigure:BURSt:PTEMplate:SELect This command defined the burst section to be measured.
  • Page 583 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure:MS Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the GSM MS Analyzer mode (Option FSE-K10) for analyzing the behavior of mobiles corresponding to the standards P-GSM, E-GSM, R-GSM, DCS1800 or PCS1900. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure [:MS] Option FSE-K10 :MEASurement :ARFCn...
  • Page 584 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure[:MS]:ARFCn <numeric_value> This command selects the number of the transmission channel of the mobile. <numeric_value>::= 1 to 124 (P-GSM phase I/II) Parameter: 0 to 124, 975 to 1023 (E-GSM) 0 to 124, 955 to 1023 (R-GSM) 512 to 885 (DCS1800 phase I/II/II+) 512 to 810 (PCS1900)
  • Page 585 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure[:MS]:LIMit:FREQuency <numeric_value> This command determines the frequency error limits in ppm for the phase/frequency measurement. "CONF:LIM:FREQ 36" Example: *RST value: depending on standard Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: CONFigure[:MS]:LIMit:STANdard ON | OFF This command switches between user-defined (OFF) and standard-defined (ON) limit values. "CONF:LIM:STAN ON"...
  • Page 586 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:LEVel 0 to 31 This command defines the power control level of the mobile. "CONF:POW:LEV 5" Example: *RST value: (P-GSM Phase I/II, E-GSM, R-GSM) Features: (DCS1800, PCS1900) SCPI: device-specific Mode: CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:LIMit <numeric_value> This command defines the level for the selection of level-dependent limit lines. "CONF:POW:LIM 65DBM"...
  • Page 587 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:SMALl ON | OFF This command switches the limits for spurious measurement in the RGSM range. It is only available for phase 2+. "CONF:POW:SMAL ON" Example: *RST value: Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: CONFigure[:MS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF This command switches slow-frequency hopping on or off. "CONF:CHAN:SFH ON"...
  • Page 588 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem CONFigure[:MS]:TXSupp ON | OFF This command defines that an additional carrier suppression of min. 20dB is taken into account for the measurement. If there is already suppression, a more sensitive setting of the instrument is selected. "CONF:TXS ON" Example: *RST value: Features:...
  • Page 589 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure:SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM BTS Analyzer mode (FSE-K11) or in the GSM MS Analyzer mode (FSE-K10) used to determine the power of the spectral contributions due to modulation and switching (modulation spectrum, transient spectrum). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 590 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem ARFCn | TXBand | RXBand | COMBined | DCSRx1800 CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe This command selects the frequency range for the measurement. "CONF:SPEC:MOD:RANG TXB" Example: *RST value: ARFCn Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: ARFCN ± 1.8 MHz ARFCn TXBand TX-Band RXBand RX-Band ARFCN ±...
  • Page 591 CONFigure-Subsystem FSIQ CONFigure:SPURious Subsystem This subsystem provides commands for configuring the measurements in the GSM BTS (FSE-K11) or GSM MS (FSE-K10) Analyzer mode used for measuring the power of spurious emissions. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure :SPURious [:IMMediate] no query, Option FSE-K11, FSE-K10 :COUNt <numeric_value>...
  • Page 592 FSIQ CONFigure-Subsystem TXBand | OTXBand | RXBand | IDLeband | COMBined CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe This command selects the frequency range used for the measurement. "CONF:SPUR:RANG OTX" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: TXBand TX-Band OTXBand Not TX-Band RXBand RX-Band (option FSE-K11 only) IDLeband Idle band (option FSE-K10 only) TX-Band ±...

  • Page 593: Diagnostic Subsystem

    DIAGnostic Subsystem FSIQ DIAGnostic Subsystem The DIAGnostic subsystem contains the commands which support instrument diagnostics for maintenance, service and repair. In accordance with the SCPI standard, all of these commands are device-specific. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT DIAGnostic :SERVice :INPut [:SELect] CALibration | RF :FUNCtion <numeric_value>,>numeric_value>...
  • Page 594 FSIQ DIAGnostic-Subsystem DIAGnostic:INFO:CCOunt:ATTenuation<1 | 2 | 3>? This command queries the cycle counters of the attenuators. The suffix selects the attenuator: 1: Basic Instrument 2: Tracking Generator 3: FSE-B13 The result is output as a list of values separated by a ’,’. The list starts with the date. Example: "DIAG:INFO:CCO:ATT?"...

  • Page 595: Display Subsystem

    DISPlay Subsystem FSIQ DISPlay Subsystem The DISPLay subs ystem controls th e selection and presentation of textual and graphic in for mation as well as of trace data on the displa y. The displa ys in the split-screen mode are assigned to WINDow 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B) . COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 596 FSIQ DISPlay Subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT DISPlay [:WINDow<1|2>] :TRACe<1...4> :MODE WRITe|VIEW|AVERage| MAXHold|MINHold|FRESults :CWRite <Boolean> Vector Signal Analysis :ANALog <Boolean> :HCONtinuous <Boolean> [:STATe] <Boolean> :SYMBol DOTS | BARS | OFF Vector Signal Analysis :EYE COUNt <numeric_value> Vector Signal Analysis :PSAVe [:STATe] <Boolean>...
  • Page 597 DISPlay Subsystem FSIQ DISPlay:CMAP<1 to 13>:DEFault This command resets the screen colors of the instrument to their default settings. "DISP:CMAP:DEF" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event and has thus no query and no *RST value assigned. The numeric suffix in CMAP<1 to 13>...
  • Page 598 FSIQ DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:MINFo ON | OFF This command switches the marker info list on the screen on or off. "DISP:MINF ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA] <string> This command defines a comment (max. 50 characters) which can be displayed on the screen. "DISP:TEXT "signal/noise power measurement"...
  • Page 599 DISPlay Subsystem FSIQ DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM ON | OFF This command displays the zoomed current frequency range in the opposite window of the split screen representation. "DISP:TRAC:X:ZOOM ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: The numeric suffix in TRACe<1 to 4> is not significant. DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM[:FREQuency]:STARt <numeric_value>...
  • Page 600 FSIQ DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic This command toggles between linear and logarithmic display. "DISP:TRAC:X:SPAC LIN" Example: *RST value: LOGarithmic Features: SCPI: conforming Mode: The numeric suffix in TRACe<1 to 4> is not significant. DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:Y[:SCALe] 10dB to 200dB This command defines the display range of the Y-axis (level axis) with logarithmic scaling (DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG).
  • Page 601 DISPlay Subsystem FSIQ -200dB to 200dB DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet This command defines the offset of the reference level. "DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS -10dB" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA Modes: The numeric suffix in TRACe<1 to 4> is not significant. <numeric_value> DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue This command defines the reference value for the y-axis of the measurement diagram.
  • Page 602 FSIQ DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition 0 to 100PCT This command defines the position of the reference value. Example: "DISP:TRAC:Y:RPOS 50PCT" *RST value: 100PCT (tracking generator) Features: 50PCT (vector analyzer) SCPI: conforming A, VA Modes: The numeric suffix in TRACe<1 to 4> is not significant. This command is only valid in conjunction with option Tracking Generator or in vector analyzer mode.
  • Page 603 DISPlay Subsystem FSIQ DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:MODE:ANALog ON | OFF This command selects continuous display of the measured values in the analyzer mode (analog trace). "DISP:TRAC3:MODE:ANAL ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: ON | OFF DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:MODE:HCONtinuous This command defines whether the traces in the min hold/max hold mode are reset after some definite parameter changes.

  • Page 604: Display:psave[:State] On | Off

    FSIQ DISPlay Subsystem DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:EYE:COUNt 1 to Result Length This command determines the display range of the eye diagram in symbols. "DISP:TRAC:EYE:COUNt 5" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches the screen saver mode on or off. "DISP:PSAV ON"...

  • Page 605: Fetch Subsystem

    FETCh-Subsystem FSIQ FETCh Subsystem The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks like those provided by options GSM BTS Analyzer, FSE-K11, or GSM MS Analyzer, FSE-K10. The FETCh- subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the CONFigure and READ-subsystems, where the measurement sequences are configured, the measurements are started and their results are queried.
  • Page 606 FSIQ FETCh-Subsystem FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:AVERage? This command reads out the average of the RMS-measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts. "FETC:BURS:PERR:RMS:AVER?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: If no measurement has been performed yet, a query error results. This command is a query and has therefore no *RST value assigned.
  • Page 607 FETCh-Subsystem FSIQ FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:AVERage? This command reads out the average of the peak measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts. "FETC:BURS:PERR:PEAK:AVER?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: If no measurement has been performed yet, a query error results. This command is a query only and therefore has no *RST value assigned.
  • Page 608 FSIQ FETCh-Subsystem FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? This command reads out the average of the measurement of the frequency error taken over the selected number of bursts. "FETC:BURS:FERR:AVER?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: If no measurement has been performed yet, a query error results. This command is a query only and therefore has no *RST value assigned.
  • Page 609 FETCh-Subsystem FSIQ FETCh:BURSt:POWer:ALL? This command reads out the results of all individual steps during the measurement of the output power of the base station or mobile. The result is output as an ASCII string in the following format: Parameter: <Static Power Ctrl>,<Dyn Power Ctrl>,<Rat-Level>,<Act-Level>, <Delta>,<Status> with <Static Power Ctrl>: current static power control level...
  • Page 610 FSIQ FETCh-Subsystem FETCh:SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in the GSM BTS (FSE-K11) or GSM MS (FSE-K10) Analyzer mode, used to measure the power of the spectral contributions due to modulation and switching (modulation spectrum, transient spectrum) without first restarting a new measurement.
  • Page 611 FETCh-Subsystem FSIQ "FETC:SPEC:MOD? TXB" Example: Result: 0,890E6,915E6,-87.4,-108.0,ABS,FAILED, 1,893.2E6,893.2E6,-83.2,-108.0,ABS,FAILED, 2,895.7E6,895.7E6,-87.4,-108.0,ABS,FAILED *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: ARFCN ± 1.8 MHz ARFCn TXBand TX-Band RXBand RX-Band ARFCN ± 1.8 MHz / TX-Band (option FSE-K11 only) COMBined DCSRx1800 RX band DCS 1800 (option FSE-K10 only) If no measurement has been performed yet, a query error results.
  • Page 612 FSIQ FETCh-Subsystem FETCh:SPECtrum:SWITching[:ALL]? This command reads out the result of the measurement of the transient spectrum of the base station or mobile. The result is output as a list of partial result strings separated by ’,’ as for the Parameter: command FETCh:SPECtrum:MODulation[:ALL]?.
  • Page 613 FETCh-Subsystem FSIQ FETCh:SPURious Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in the GSM BTS (FSE-K11) or GSM MS (FSE-K10) Analyzer mode which are used to determine spurious emissions, without first restarting a new measurement. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT...
  • Page 614 FSIQ FETCh-Subsystem "FETC:SPUR? TXB" Example: Result: 0,890E6,915E6,-87.4,-108.0,ABS,FAILED, 1,893.2E6,893.2E6,-83.2,-108.0,ABS,FAILED, 2,895.7E6,895.7E6,-87.4,-108.0,ABS,FAILED *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: TXBand TX-band OTXBand Not TX-band RXBand RX-band (option FSE-K11 only) IDLeband Idle band (option FSE-K10 only) If no measurement has been performed yet, a query error results. This command is a query only and therefore has no *RST value assigned.
  • Page 615 FETCh-Subsystem FSIQ FETCh:PTEMplate Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for reading out results of measurements in the GSM BTS (FSE-K11) or GSM MS (FSE-K10) Analyzer mode which are used to determine the carrier power of , power versus time measurement without first restarting a new measurement. COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT...

  • Page 616: Format Subsystem

    FSIQ FORMat-Subsystem FORMat Subsystem The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT FORMat [:DATA] ASCii|REAL|UINT[,<numeric_value>] :DEXPort :DSEParator POINt|COMMa :HEADer [:STATe] <Boolean> APPend [:STATe] <Boolean> FORMat[:DATA] ASCii | REAL | UINT [, 32] This command specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument.
  • Page 617 FORMat Subsystem FSIQ FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator POINt|COMMA This command determines the decimal separator (decimal point or comma)for the output of the measurement data in ASCII format. Thus, evaluation programms (i.e. MS-Exel) of different language versions are supported. Example: "FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN *RST value: POINt Features: SCPI:...

  • Page 618: Hcopy Subsystem

    FSIQ HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy Subsystem The HCOPy subsystem controls the output of display information for documentation purposes on output devices or files. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT HCOPy :ABORt no query :DESTination<1|2> ‘SYST:COMM:PRIN’| no query ’SYST:COMM:CLIP' | ’MMEM’ :DEVice :COLor <Boolean> :LANGuage<1|2>...
  • Page 619 HCOPy Subsystem FSIQ HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> <string> This command selects the device for outputting the hardcopy. The availability of the parameters depends on the selected data format (see command HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage). <string>::= ’MMEM’ | Parameter: ’SYST:COMM:PRIN’ | ’SYST:COMM:CLIP’ Example: "HCOP:DEST2 ’MMEM’" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming...
  • Page 620 FSIQ HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>] This command starts a hardcopy output. Example: "HCOP" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: HCOP[1] starts the hardcopy output to device 1 (default), HCOP2 starts the output to device 2. This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:ALL This command selects the complete screen to be output.
  • Page 621 HCOPy Subsystem FSIQ HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:PFEed<1|2>:STATe ON|OFF This command adds a paper feed command to the hardcopy output of the screen (ON). Example: "HCOP:DEV:ITEM:PFE2:STAT ON" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TABle:STATe ON | OFF This command selects the output of the currently displayed tables (ON). Example: "HCOP:DEV:ITEM:WIND:TABL:STAT ON"...
  • Page 622 FSIQ HCOPy Subsystem HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:CAINcrement ON | OFF The command automatically changes the colour of the currently displayed trace after printout (ON). Example: "HCOP:DEV:ITEM:WIND:TRACe:CAIN ON" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The automatic change of colour of the trace allows outputting to a plotter of several traces of the same diagram.

  • Page 623: Initiate Subsystem

    INITiate Subsystem FSIQ INITiate Subsystem The INITiate subsystem checks the initialization of the trigger subsystem. In the split-screen representation, a distinction is made between INITiate1 (screen A) and INITiate2 (screen B) COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INITiate<1|2> :CONTinuous <boolean> :CONMeas no query [:IMMediate] no query :DISPlay...

  • Page 624: Input Subsystem

    FSIQ INPut Subsystem INPut Subsystem The INPut subsystem checks the input features of the instrument. In the split-screen representation, a distinction is made between INPut1 (screen A) and INPut2 (screen B). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INPut<1|2> :ATTenuation <numeric_value> :AUTO <Boolean> :MODE NORMal | LNOise|LDIStortion :STEPsize...
  • Page 625 INPut Subsystem FSIQ INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:STEPsize 1dB | 10dB This command defines the attenuator stepsize. Example: "INP:ATT:STEP 1dB" *RST value: 10dB Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Mode: This command is only available in conjunction with option FSE-B13, 1-dB attenuator. INPut<1|2>:UPORt<1|2>[:VALue]? This command queries the control lines of the user ports.
  • Page 626 FSIQ INPut Subsystem INPut<1|2>:IMPedance:CORRection RAM | RAZ This command selects the matching element for 75 Ω input impedance. Example: "INP:IMP:CORR RAM" - (INPut:IMPedance = 50 Ω) *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: -10 to -100 dBm INPut<1|2>:MIXer This command defines the nominal mixer level of the instrument.

  • Page 627: Instrument Subsystem

    INSTrument Subsystem FSIQ INSTrument Subsystem The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed numbers. In the split-screen representation, a distinction is made between INSTrument1 (screen A) and INSTrument2 (screen B). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INSTrument<1|2>...
  • Page 628 FSIQ INSTrument Subsystem INSTrument<1|2>:COUPle NONE | MODE | X | Y | CONTrol | XY | XCONtrol | YCONtrol | ALL This command defines the coupling between the two measurement windows screen A and B. Example: "INST:COUP NONE" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device specific...

  • Page 629: Mmemory Subsystem

    MMEMory Subsystem FSIQ MMEMory Subsystem The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands which allow for access to the storage media of the instrument and for storing and loading various instrument settings. The NAME command stores the HCOPy outputs in a file. The various drives can be addressed via the mass storage unit specifier <msus>...
  • Page 630 FSIQ MMEMory Subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT MMEMory :SELect [:ITEM] <Boolean> :GSETup <Boolean> :HWSettings <Boolean> :TRACE<1 to 4> :LINes <Boolean> [:ACTive] <Boolean> :ALL <Boolean> :CSETup <Boolean> :HCOPy <Boolean> :MACRos <Boolean> Option Tracking Generator :SCData :TRANsducer <Boolean> [:ACTive] <Boolean> :ALL :CVL <Boolean>...
  • Page 631 MMEMory Subsystem FSIQ MMEMory:COPY <file_source>,<file_destination> This command copies the files indicated. <file_source>,<file_destination> ::= <file_name> Parameter: <file_name> ::= DOS file name "MMEM:COPY ’C:\USER\DATA\SETUP.CFG’,’A:’" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The indication of the file name may include the path and the drive. The file names and path information must be in accordance with the DOS conventions.
  • Page 632 FSIQ MMEMory Subsystem MMEMory:INITialize ’A:’ This command formats the disk in drive A. Example: "MMEM:INIT ’A:’" Features: *RST value: SCPI: conforming Modes: A, VA, BTS, MS Formatting deletes all data stored on the floppy disk. This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query.
  • Page 633 MMEMory Subsystem FSIQ MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name> This command creates a new directory. <directory_name>::= DOS path name Parameter: "MMEM:MDIR ’C:\USER\DATA’" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name corresponds to the DOS conventions.
  • Page 634 FSIQ MMEMory Subsystem <file_name> MMEMory:NAME This command specifies a file which is printed or plotted to. <file_name> ::= DOS filename Parameter: "MMEM:NAME ’PLOT1.HPG’" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The file name and path information correspond to the DOS conventions.
  • Page 635 MMEMory Subsystem FSIQ 1 to 4,<file_name> MMEMory:STORe:TRACe This command stores the selected trace (1 to 4) in ASCII format in a file. 1 to 4 := selected trace 1 to 4 Parameter: <file_name> := DOS file name "MMEM:STOR:TRAC 3,’A:\TEST.ASC’" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI:...
  • Page 636 FSIQ MMEMory Subsystem ON | OFF MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:GSETup This command includes the data of the general setup in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored/loaded. "MMEM:SEL:GSET ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: ON | OFF MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings...

  • Page 637: Mmemory:select[:Item]:Scdata On | Off

    MMEMory Subsystem FSIQ ON | OFF MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL This command includes all limit lines in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored/loaded. "MMEM:SEL:LIN:ALL ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command includes selection of the active limit lines. ON | OFF MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:CSETup This command includes the current color setting in the list of partial datasets of a device setting to be...
  • Page 638 FSIQ MMEMory Subsystem ON | OFF MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer[:ACTive] This command includes the active transducer factors and set in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored/loaded. "MMEM:SEL:TRAN ON" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: Upon MMEM:LOAD the transducer factors and sets which are not currently active but contained in the data set are restored as well.
  • Page 639 MMEMory Subsystem FSIQ MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL This command includes all data subsets in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored/loaded. "MMEM:SEL:ALL" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value assigned. MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE This command deletes all data subsets in the list of data subsets of a device setting to be stored/loaded.

  • Page 640: Output Subsystem

    FSIQ OUTPut Subsystem OUTPut Subsystem The OUTPut subsystem checks the output features of the instrument. In conjunction with option tracking generator, in the split screen mode, a distinction is made between OUTPut1 (screen A) and OUTPut2 (screen B). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT OUTPut<1|2>...
  • Page 641 OUTPut Subsystem FSIQ OUTPut<1|2>AF:SENSitivity <numeric_value> This command changes the sensitivity of the AF-output. <numeric_value> ::= 0.1 PCT to 100 PCT for AM Parameter: 0.1 KHZ to 100 KHZ for FM 0.0 1RAD to 10 RAD for PM Example: "OUTP:AF:SENS 20PCT" *RST value: 100 % for AM Features:...

  • Page 642: Read Subsystem

    FSIQ READ-Subsystem READ Subsystem The READ-subsystem contains commands for starting complex measurement tasks such as those provided by options GSM BTS Analyzer (FSE-K11) or GSM MS Analyzer (FSE-K10), and for querying the results subsequently. The READ-subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the CONFigure- and FETCh-subsystems, where the measurement sequences are configured or the results are queried without restarting a new measurement.
  • Page 643 READ-Subsystem FSIQ READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:AVERage? This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the RMS-measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts. "READ:BURS:PERR:RMS:AVER?" Example: *RST value: Features:...
  • Page 644 FSIQ READ-Subsystem READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:AVERage? This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error of the base station or mobile and reads out the maximum of the peak measurement of the phase error taken over the selected number of bursts. "READ:BURS:PERR:PEAK:AVER?"...
  • Page 645 READ-Subsystem FSIQ READ:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? This command starts the measurement of the phase and frequency error of the base station or mobile and reads out the average of the frequency error taken over the selected number of bursts. "READ:BURS:FERR:AVER?" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific...
  • Page 646 FSIQ READ-Subsystem READ:BURSt:POWer? This command starts the measurement of the maximum output power of the base station or mobile and reads out the result. Measurement of the maximum output power marks the beginning of a measurement cycle where subsequently the limits of the static and dynamic power control levels are checked step by step (READ:BURSt:STATic? or READ:BURSt:DYNamic?).
  • Page 647 READ-Subsystem FSIQ READ:BURSt:POWer:STATic? This command increases the static power control level for the measurement by one step, measures the output power of the base station and reads out the result. If the command READ:BURSt:POWer:STATic? is repeated after the maximum static power control level is reached, the measurement sequence is terminated and the result of the maximum static power control level is read out again.
  • Page 648 FSIQ READ-Subsystem READ:BURSt:POWer:DYNamic? This command increases the dynamic power control level for the measurement by one step, measures the output power of the base station and reads out the result. Once the maximum dynamic power control level is reached the command is accepted only after the static power control level is increased by one step.
  • Page 649 READ-Subsystem FSIQ READ:BURSt:POWer:LEVel? This command increases the power control level for the measurement by one step, measures the output power of the mobile and reads out the result. Note that the command is no longer accepted after the measurement sequence is terminated which implies that the power control level was read out again with READ:BURSt:POWer:LEVel? after the maximum value was reached and marked with the ’FINISHED’...
  • Page 650 FSIQ READ-Subsystem READ:SPECtrum Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for starting measurements in the GSM BTS (option FSE-K11) and GSM MS (option FSE-K10) Analyzer mode, which are used to measure the power of the spectral components due to modulation and switching (modulation spectrum, transient spectrum), and for reading out the results subsequently.
  • Page 651 READ-Subsystem FSIQ "READ:SPEC:MOD?" Example: Result: 0,890E6,915E6,-87.4,-108.0,ABS,FAILED, 1,893.2E6,893.2E6,-83.2,-108.0,ABS,FAILED, 2,895.7E6,895.7E6,-87.4,-108.0,ABS,FAILED *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: The command ABORt aborts an ongoing measurement. This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value assigned. It is available only if measurement of the modulation spectrum is selected.
  • Page 652 FSIQ READ-Subsystem READ:SPURious Subsystem This subsystem provides the commands for starting measurements in the GSM BTS (option FSE-K11) and GSM MS (option FSE-K10) Analyzer mode, which are used to measure the power of spurious emissions, and for reading out the results subsequently. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 653 READ-Subsystem FSIQ *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific BTS, MS Modes: The command ABORt aborts an ongoing measurement. This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value assigned. It is available only if measurement of the spurious emissions is selected. (see CONFigure:SPURious). READ:SPURious:STEP? This command starts the next single step for measuring the spurious emissions in the STEP mode and reads out the results.

  • Page 654: Sense:ademod Subsystem

    FSIQ SENSe Subsystem SENSe Subsystem The SENSe subsystem is itself divided up into several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems directly control device-specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the measurement signal. The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer and vector analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI standard, it is for this reason optional, which means that it is not necessary to include the SENSe node in command sequences.
  • Page 655 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:SQUelch:LEVel 30 to -150 dBm This command defines the switching threshold for the squelch referred to the measured signal. Example: "ADEM:SQU -10DBM" *RST value: -40dBm Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-A Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:SBANd NORMal | INVerse This command selects the side band for the demodulation. Example: "ADEM:SBAN INV"...

  • Page 656: Sense:average Subsystem

    FSIQ SENSe Subsystem SENSe:AVERage Subsystem The SENSe:AVERage subsystem calculates the average of the data acquired. A new test result is obtained from various successive measurements. The amount of test points and the axis reference of the new result correspond to those of the original measurements. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 657 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE MAXimum | MINimum | SCALar The command selects the type of average function. "AVER:TYPE SCAL" Example: *RST value: SCALar Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The following average functions have been defined: MAXimum (MAX HOLD): AVG(n) = MAX(X 1 to .X n ) MINimum (MIN HOLD): AVG(n) = Min(X 1 to .X n )

  • Page 658: Sense:bandwidth Subsystem

    FSIQ SENSe Subsystem SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem This subsystem controls the setting of the instrument’s filter bandwidths. Both groups of commands (BANDwidth and BWIDth) perform the same functions. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT :BANDwidth [:RESolution] <numeric_value> :AUTO <Boolean> :MODE ANALog|DIGital :FFT <Boolean> Option FFT filter :RATio <numeric_value>...
  • Page 659 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ON | OFF This command either automatically couples the resolution bandwidth of the instrument to the span or cancels the coupling. Example: "BAND:AUTO OFF" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA Modes: The automatic coupling matches the resolution bandwidth to the currently set span according to the relationship between span and resolution bandwidth.
  • Page 660 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz This command defines the instrument’s video bandwidth. Example: "BAND:VID 10kHz" Features: *RST value: - (AUTO is set to ON) SCPI: conforming Mode: The values for the video bandwidth are rounded in 1 | 2 | 3 | 5 steps. [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ON | OFF This command either automatically couples the instrument’s video bandwidth to the resolution bandwidth or cancels the coupling.

  • Page 661: Sense:correction-Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:CORRection-Subsystem The SENSe:CORRection-subsystem controls the correction of measured results by means of frequency-dependent correction factors (e. g. for antenna or cable attenuation). It also controls calibration and normalization during operation with the option Tracking Generator . COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT...
  • Page 662 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe] ON | OFF This command activates/deactivates normalization of the measurement results. Example: "CORR ON " *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming Mode: This command is only valid in conjunction with option Tracking Generator. [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod TRANsmission | REFLexion This command selects the kind of measurement with active tracking generator (transmission/reflexion).
  • Page 663 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:CATalog? This command reads out the names of all transducer factors stored on the harddisk. "CORR:TRAN:CAT?" Example: *RST value: Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ACTive? This command reveals the active transducer factor. If no transducer factor is switched on, a void string will be output.
  • Page 664 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing LINear | LOGarithmic This command defines whether the frequency scaling of the transducer factor is linear or logarithmic. Example: "CORR:TRAN:SCAL LOG" *RST value: LINear Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent. [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent <string>...
  • Page 665 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete This command deletes the selected transducer factor. "CORR:TRAN:DEL" Example: *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value. Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL must be sent. [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:CATalog? This command polls the names of all transducer factors stored on the harddisk.
  • Page 666 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:UNIT ’DB’ | ’DBM’ | ’DBUV’ | ’DBUV/M’ | ’DBUA’ ’DBUA/M’’ DBPW’ | ’DBPT This command defines the unit of the selected transducer sets. When assigning transducer factors to the set, only factors which are compatible to the selected unit, i. e. factors with the same unit or the unit dB, are allowed.
  • Page 667 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET[:STATe] ON | OFF This command switches the selected transducer set on or off. Example: "CORR:TSET ON" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: Prior to this command, the command SENS:CORR:TSET:SEL must be sent. [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:DELete This command deletes the selected transducer set. "CORR:TSET:DEL"...
  • Page 668 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:CATalog? This command polls the names of all conversion-loss tables stored on the harddisk. "CORR:CVL:CAT?" Example: *RST value: Feature: SCPI: device-specific Mode: This command is only valid in conjunction with option External Mixer Output, FSE-B21. [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:SELect <file_name> This command selects the Conversion Loss Table designated with <file_name>.
  • Page 669 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:BAND A|Q|U|V|E|W|F|D|G|Y|J This command defines the waveguide band in the Conversion Loss Table. Example: "CORR:CVL:BAND E" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: Command SENS:CORR:CVL:SEL must be sent prior to this command. This command is only valid in conjunction with option External Mixer Output, FSE-B21. [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:TYPE ODD | EVEN | EODD This command defines the type of harmonic in the Conversion Loss Table.
  • Page 670 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:COMMent <string> This command defines the comment in the Conversion Loss Table. <string>::= Comment of mixer with a maximum of 60 characters Parameter: Example: "CORR:CVL:COMMENT ’MIXER FOR BAND U’" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: Command SENS:CORR:CVL:SEL must be sent prior to this command. This command is only valid in conjunction with option External Mixer Output, FSE-B21.

  • Page 671: Sense:detector Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:DETector Subsystem The SENSe:DETector subsystem controls the recording of measurement values via the type of detector selected for each trace. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :DETector<1to4> APEak | NEGative| POSitive | [:FUNCtion] SAMPle| RMS | AVERage :AUTO <Boolean>...

  • Page 672: Sense:ddemod Subsystem

    FSIQ SENSe Subsystem SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem This subsystem controls the parameters for digital demodulation. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :DDEMod Vector Signal Analysis :FORMat QPSK | PSK | MSK | QAM | FSK :SBANd NORMal | INVerse :QPSK :FORMat NORMal | DIFFerential | OFFSet | DPI4 :PSK :NSTate 2 | 8...
  • Page 673 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FORMat QPSK | PSK | MSK | QAM | FSK This command selects the digital demodulation type. Example: "DDEM:FORM QPSK" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SBANd NORMal | INVerse This command selects the sideband for the demodulation. Example: "DDEM:SBAN INV"...
  • Page 674 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:MSK:FORMat TYPE1 | TYPE2 | NORMal | DIFFerential This command determines the specific demodulation type for MSK. Example: "DDEM:MSK:FORM TYPE2" *RST value: TYPE2 | DIFFerential Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: TYPE1 | NORMal corresponds to MSK demodulation, TYPE2 | DIFFerential corresponds to DMSK demodulation.
  • Page 675 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRATe 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 This command determines the number of points per symbol. Example: "DDEM:PRAT 8" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: OFF | RCOSine | RRCosine | GAUSsian| B22 | B25 | [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement B44 | QFM | FM95 | QFR | FR95 | QRM | RM95 | QRR | RR95 | A25Fm | EMES | EREF...
  • Page 676 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:NORMalize ON | OFF This command switches normalizing of the unit circle on or off using IQ offset. Example: "DDEM:NORM OFF" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: ON | OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe:STATe This command switches the signal burst search on or off. Example: "DDEM:SEAR:PULS:STAT OFF"...
  • Page 677 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:PATTern <string> This command defines the synchronization sequence.A file that has been set previously by the command DDEM:SEARch:SYNC:SELect becomes invalid. Example: "DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:PATT "1101001" *RST value: "" Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: ON | OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:STATe This command switches the search for a synchronization sequence on or off. Example: "DDEM:SEARch:SYNC:STAT ON"...
  • Page 678 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:DELete <string> This command deletes a synchronization pattern on the hard disk. This sync file must be previously selected by the command DDEM:SEARch:SYNC:NAME. Example: "DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:DEL *RST-value: "" Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-D Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:MONLy ON | OFF For setting ON, this command sets the analyzer so that the measured values are displayed and taken into account in the error analysis only if the set sync pattern is found .
  • Page 679 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ GSM | EDGe | TETRa | PHS | PDCup | PDCDown | [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet APCO25CQPSK | APCO25C4FM | CDPD | DECT | CT2 | ERMes | MODacom | PWT | TFTS | F16 | F322 | F324 | F64 | FQCDma | F95Cdma | RQCDma | R95Cdma | FNADc | RNADc | FWCDma | FCDMa4096 | RWCDma | RCDMa4096 | FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma | CDMA2000...

  • Page 680: Sense:filter Subsystem

    FSIQ SENSe Subsystem SENSe:FILTer Subsystem The SENSe:FILTer subsystem selects the filters in the video signal path.This subsystem is active only in the Vector Signal Analysis mode COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :FILTer Vector Signal Analyzer :HPASs [:STATe] <Boolean> :FREQuency <numeric_value> :LPASs Vector Signal Analyzer [:STATe]...
  • Page 681 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs[:STATe] ON | OFF This command activates the low-pass filter in the AF-branch with analog demodulation. Example: "FILT:LPAS ON" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming VA-A Mode: On switching to ON, a bandwidth of 3 kHz for REAL TIME ON and a bandwidth of 5 PCT for REAL TIME OFF is set automatically.
  • Page 682 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis[:STATe] ON | OFF This command activates the selected de-emphasis for analog demodulation. Example: "FILT:DEMP ON" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming VA-A Mode: 50US | 75US | 750US [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis:TCONstant This command sets the time constant of the de-emphasis for analog demodulation. Example: "FILT:DEMP:TCON 75US"...

  • Page 683: Sense:frequency Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem The SENSe:FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display. The frequency axis can either be defined via the start/stop frequency or via the center frequency and span. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :FREQuency :CENTer <numeric_value>...
  • Page 684 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP 0 to f max This command defines the step width of the center frequency. Example: "FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz" - (AUTO 0.1 × SPAN is switched on) *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN | RBW | OFF This command couples the step width of the center frequency to span (span >0) or to the resolution bandwidth (span = 0) or cancels the couplings.
  • Page 685 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL This command sets the maximum frequency span of the analyzer. Example: "FREQ:SPAN:FULL" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming Mode: This command is an event which is why it is not assigned an *RST value and has no query. CENTer | START | STOP [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:LINK This command defines the coupling for frequency-span changes.
  • Page 686 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem CENTer | STARt | SPAN [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP:LINK This command defines the coupling for stop-frequency changes. Example: "FREQ:STOP:LINK SPAN" *RST value: STARt Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE CW | FIXed | SWEep This command switches between frequency (SWEep) and time (CW | FIXed) domain in the analyzer mode.

  • Page 687: Sense:mixer - Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:MIXer - Subsystem The SENSe:MIXer subsystem controls the settings of the external mixer. It is only active in Analyzer mode (INSTrument SANalyzer). The suffix in SENSe<1|2> is not significant in this subsystem. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>:] :MIXer [:STATe] <Boolean>...
  • Page 688 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:PORTs 2 | 3 This command activates the 2- or 3-port mixer. In the BAND LOCK ON mode, the command refers to the active band selected with SENSe:MIXer:HARMonic:BAND . Example: "MIX:PORT 3" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: This command is available only if the external mixer (option FSE-B21) is switched on.
  • Page 689 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:TYPE ODD | EVEN | EODD With BAND LOCK ON, this command sets the type of harmonic. Example: "MIX:HARM:TYPE EODD" *RST value: EVEN Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: The command is available only if the external mixer (option FSE-B21) is switched on. [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:BAND A|Q|U|V|E|W|F|D|G|Y|J With BAND LOCK ON, this command sets the active band.
  • Page 690 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:LOSS:TABLe <file_name> This command sets a conversion loss table. <file_name> := DOS file name Parameter: Example: "MIX:LOSS:table ’mix_1’" *RST value: no table set Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: The command is available only if the external mixer (option FSE-B21) is switched on. [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:BIAS <numeric_value>...

  • Page 691: Sense:msummary Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:MSUMmary Subsystem This subsystem controls the modulation summary setting for analog demodulation. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :MSUMmary Vector Signal Analysis :AHOLd [:STATe] <Boolean> :MODE ABSolute | RELative :RUNit PCT | DB :REFerence <numeric_value> PCT | HZ | DEG | RAD :AUTO ONCE no query...
  • Page 692 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem ONCE [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:REFerence:AUTO This command sets the current absolute measured values of the main modulation signal as reference values for the relative indication. Example: "MSUM:REF:AUTO ONCE" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific VA-A Mode: This command is an event and has therefore no query and no *RST value assigned. 0.1 s | 1 s [SENSe<1|2>:]MSUMmary:MTIMe This command selects the measurement time for the summary markers.

  • Page 693: Sense:power Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:POWer Subsystem This subsystem controls the setting of the instrument’s power measurements. COMMAND PARAMETER UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :POWer :ACHannel :SPACing [:UPPer] <numeric_value> :ACHannel <numeric_value> :ALTernate<1|2> <numeric_value> :ACPairs 1 | 2 | 3 :BANDwidth [:CHANnel] <numeric_value> :ACHannel <numeric_value> :ALTernate<1|2>...
  • Page 694 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1|2> 0 Hz ... 1000 MHz This command defines the spacing of the first (ALTernate1) or the second alternate adjacent channel (ALTernate2) relative to the carrier signal. Example: "POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 99kHz" *RST value: 24 kHz Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs 1 | 2 | 3 This command sets the number of adjacent channels (upper and lower channel in pairs).
  • Page 695 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ 0 Hz to 1000 MHz [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1|2> This command defines the channel bandwidth of the first/second alternate adjacent channel of the radio transmission system. Example: "POW:ACH:BWID:ALT2 30kHz" *RST value: 24 kHz Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: If the channel bandwidth of the alternate adjacent channel no. 1is changed the bandwith of the alternate adjacent channel no.

  • Page 696: Sense:roscillator Subsystem

    FSIQ SENSe Subsystem SENSe:ROSCillator Subsystem This subsystem controls the reference oscillator. The suffix in SENSe<1|2> is not significant in this subsystem. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :ROSCillator :SOURce INTernal | EXTernal :EXTernal :FREQuency <numeric_value> [:INTernal] :TUNe <numeric_value> :SAVe no query INTernal | EXTernal [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce This command controls selection of the reference oscillator.

  • Page 697: Sense:sweep Subsystem

    SENSe Subsystem FSIQ SENSe:SWEep Subsystem This subsystem controls the sweep parameters. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>] :SWEep :TIME <numeric_value> :AUTO <Boolean> :COUNt <numeric_value> :EGATe <Boolean> :LEVel <numeric_value> :TYPE LEVel | EDGE :POLarity POSitive|NEGative :HOLDoff <numeric_value> :LENGth <numeric_value> :SOURce EXTernal | RFPower :GAP <Boolean>...
  • Page 698 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt 0 to 32767 This command defines the number of sweeps started with single sweep. Example: "SWE:COUNT 64" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA-D Modes: This parameter defines the number of sweeps or the number of averaging procedures. In the average mode, the value 0 defines a running averaging of measurement data over 10 sweeps.
  • Page 699 SENSe Subsystem FSIQ POSitive | NEGative [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity This command determines the polarity of the external gate signal. Example: "SWE:EGAT:POL POS" *RST value: POSitive Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: 0 to 100s [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff This command defines the delay time between the external gate signal and the continuation of the sweep.
  • Page 700 FSIQ SENSe Subsystem [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:GAP:PRETrigger 0 to 100s This command defines the evaluation time for measured values before the pretrigger time (resolution: 50 ns). Example: "SWE:GAP:PRET 100us" *RST value: Features: SCPI: device-specific Mode: [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:GAP:TRGTogap 0 to 100s This command defines the time between the pretrigger time and the beginning of the gap (trigger-to- gap time) (resolution: 50 ns).

  • Page 701: Source Subsystem

    SOURce Subsystem FSIQ SOURce Subsystem The SOURce subsystem controls the output signals of the analyzer when the option Tracking Generator is installed (FSE-B8 to FSE-B11). In the split screen mode, a distinction is made between SOURce1 (screen A) and SOURce2 (screen B). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT...
  • Page 702 FSIQ SOURce Subsystem -200MHz to 200MHz SOURce<1|2>:FREQuency:OFFSet This command defines a frequency offset of the tracking generators to the current instrument frequency. Example: "SOUR:FREQ:OFFS " *RST-value: 0 Hz Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA Modes: External delta modulation is switched off, if active. This command is only valid in conjunction with option Tracking Generator.

  • Page 703: Status Subsystem

    STATus Subsystem FSIQ STATus Subsystem The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (see Chapter 5, Section "Status Reporting System"). *RST does not influence the status registers. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT STATus :OPERation [:EVENt]? :CONDition? :ENABle 0 to 65535 :PTRansition 0 to 65535 :NTRansition...
  • Page 704 FSIQ STATus Subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT STATus :QUEStionable :FREQuency [:EVENt]? 0 to 65535 :CONDition? 0 to 65535 :ENABle 0 to 65535 :PTRansition :NTRansition :TRANsducer [:EVENt]? :CONDition? :ENABle 0 to 65535 :PTRansition 0 to 65535 :NTRansition 0 to 65535 :QUEue? [:NEXT]? STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:OPERation register.

  • Page 705: Status:preset

    STATus Subsystem FSIQ STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:OPERation register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit. Example: "STAT:OPER:PTR 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: STATus:OPERation:NTRansition 0 to 65535...
  • Page 706 FSIQ STATus Subsystem STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus-QUEStionable register. Example: "STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 707 STATus Subsystem FSIQ STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register. Example: "STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 708 FSIQ STATus Subsystem STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable register. Example: "STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 709 STATus Subsystem FSIQ STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register. Example: "STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 710 FSIQ STATus Subsystem STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable: SYNC register. Example: "STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 711 STATus Subsystem FSIQ STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register. Example: "STAT:QUES:ACPL:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 712 FSIQ STATus Subsystem STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register. Example: "STAT:QUES:FREQ:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.
  • Page 713 STATus Subsystem FSIQ STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer register. Example: "STAT:QUES:TRAN:ENAB 65535" *RST value: – Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the sum bit in the status byte.

  • Page 714: System Subsystem

    FSIQ SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem Subsystem This subsystem comprises a series of commands for general functions. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT SYSTem :COMMunicate :GPIB [:SELF] :ADDRess 0 to 30 :RTERminator LFEoi | EOI :RDEVice<1|2> :ADDRess 0 to 30 :SERial<1|2> :CONTrol :DTR IBFull | OFF :RTS IBFull | OFF [:RECeive]...

  • Page 715: System:communicate:gpib[:Self]:Rterminator Lfeoi | Eoi

    SYSTem Subsystem FSIQ SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator LFEOI | EOI This command changes the delimiter. Example: "SYST:COMM:GPIB:RTER EOI" *RST value: LFEOI Features: SCPI: device-specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: The instrument contains a DMA-channel for communication via IEC-bus. This ensures maximum speed for the transfer of commands and data. The parser for command decoding integrated in the instrument is, however, only activated by the delimiter when the command is completely transferred.

  • Page 716: System:communicate:serial [:Receive]:Pace Xon | None

    FSIQ SYSTem Subsystem SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:BITS 7 | 8 This command defines the number of data bits per data word for the given serial interface. Example: "SYST:COMM:SER2:BITS 7" *RST value: Features: SCPI: conforming A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: SERial1 and SERial 2 correspond to device interface COM1 and COM2, respectively. SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:PARity[:TYPE] EVEN | ODD | NONE This command defines the parity check for the given serial interface.
  • Page 717 SYSTem Subsystem FSIQ SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter<1|2>:ENUMerate:FIRSt? This command queries the name of the first printer (in the list of printers) under Windows NT. The names of other installed printers can be queried with command SYSTem:COMMunicate: PRINter:ENUMerate:NEXT?. If no printer is configured an empty string is output. The numeric suffix in PRINter<1|2> is not significant.

  • Page 718: System:display:update

    FSIQ SYSTem Subsystem ON | OFF SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate This command switches on or off the update of all display elements. Example: " SYST:DISP:UPD ON *RST value: Features: SCPI: device specific A, VA, BTS, MS Modes: SYSTem:ERRor? This command queries the earliest entry to the error queue, thus deleting it. . Example: "SYST:ERR?"...

  • Page 719: System Set

    SYSTem Subsystem FSIQ SYSTem:SET <block> The query SYSTem:SET? causes the data of the current instrument setting to be transmitted to the controller in binary form (SAVE function). The data can be read back into the instrument (RECALL function) by means of command SYSTem:SET <block>. If the data records are stored on the instrument harddisk with SAVE/RECALL (MMEMory:STORe bzw.

  • Page 720: Trace Subsystem

    FSIQ TRACe Subsystem TRACe Subsystem The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instrument’s internal trace memory. COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT TRACe TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4, [:DATA] <block>|<numeric_value>... :COPY TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4, TRACE1|TRACE2|TRACE3|TRACE4 TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1| TRACE2| TRACE3| TRACE4, <block> | <numeric_value> This command transfers trace data from the controller to the instrument, the query reads trace data out of the instrument.
  • Page 721 TRACe Subsystem FSIQ Vector analyzer mode, digital demodulation The number of data transferred (except for the symbol table) is determined by the following formula number of results = result length * points per symbol Max. 6400 results can be transferred (for example result length 1600, points per symbol 4). In all cartesian diagrams (MAGNITUDE CAP BUFFER, MAGNITUDE, PHASE, FREQUENCY, REAL/IMAG, EYE[I], EYE[Q], ERROR VECT MAGNITUDE) test data are transferred in the unit selected for display.

  • Page 722: Trigger Subsystem

    FSIQ TRIGger Subsystem TRIGger Subsystem The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events. This makes it possible to control and synchronize the start of a sweep. An external trigger signal can be fed to the connector at the rear panel of the instrument.
  • Page 723 TRIGger Subsystem FSIQ TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AF -120 to +120PCT This command defines the level of the demodulated trigger source. Example: "TRIG:LEV:AF 50PCT" *RST value: 0 PCT Features: SCPI: device specific VA-A Mode: TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff -100 to 100s This command defines the length of the trigger delay. Example: "TRIG:HOLD 500us"...
  • Page 724 FSIQ TRIGger Subsystem ONCE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:FRAMe:AUTO This command determines once the correction value for the time offset between the frame trigger and the midamble of the slot selected. The value set is corrected by means of the calculated offsets of the other slots and used as a base value for the correction of all slots. This correction value is necessary in order to conserve the exact time relation between the trigger event and the midamble of the slot in question in cases where there is no midamble triggering.

  • Page 725: Unit Subsystem

    UNIT Subsystem FSIQ UNIT Subsystem The UNIT subsystem is used to switch the basic unit of setting parameters. In split screen mode, a distinction is made between UNIT1 (screen A) and UNIT2 (screen B). COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT UNIT<1|2> DBM | DBPW | WATT | :POWer DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere...

  • Page 726: Alphabetical List Of Commands

    FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Alphabetical List of Commands n the following, all remote-control commands are listed with their parameters and page numbers. Generally, they are arranged alphabetically according to the keywords of the command. Command Parameter Page ABORt CALCulate<1|2>:CTHReshold MIN to MAX 6.15 (depending on current unit)

  • Page 727: Frequency | Time

    Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page CALCulate<1|2>:FSK:DEViation:REFerence <numeric_value> 6.19 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ACHannel 0 to 100 dB, 0 to 100 dB 6.33 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult? 6.33 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ACHannel:STATe ON | OFF 6.33 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2> 0 to 100 DB, 0 to 100 DB 6.34 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF...
  • Page 728 FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:UPPer:SHIFt <numeric_value> 6.25 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:UPPer:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.25 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 to 8>:UPPer:STATe ON | OFF 6.24 CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1..8>:UNIT DBM | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | 6.22 DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DB | DBUV_MHZ | DBMV_MHZ | DBUA_MHZ |DBUV_M | DBUA_M | DBUV_MHZ | DBUA_MHZ | DEG |...
  • Page 729 Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SFACtor (60dB/3dB) | (60dB/6dB) 6.45 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SFACtor:FREQuency? 6.46 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SFACtor:RESult? 6.46 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SFACtor:STATe ON | OFF 6.45 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:STARt 6.59 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:STOP 6.59 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.46 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF...
  • Page 730 FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:READout MPHase | RIMaginary 6.42 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.37 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:STEP:AUTO ON | OFF 6.42 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:STEP[:INCRement] <numeric_value> 6.42 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:TRACe 1 to 4 6.38 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1 to 4>:X 0 to MAX...
  • Page 731 Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page CONFigure:SPECtrum:SWITching[:IMMediate] 6.81 CONFigure:SPECtrum:SWITching:COUNt 1 to 1000 6.81 CONFigure:SPURious:ANTenna CONDucted | RADiated 6.83 CONFigure:SPURious:COUNt 1 to 1000 6.82 CONFigure:SPURious:COUNt:RXBand 1 to 1000 6.82 CONFigure:SPURious[:IMMediate] 6.82 CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe TXBand | OTXBand | RXBand | 6.83 IDLeband | COMBined CONFigure:SPURious:STEP ON | OFF...
  • Page 732 FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page CONFigure[:MS]:LIMit:PPEak <numeric_value> 6.75 CONFigure[:MS]:LIMit:PRMS <numeric_value> 6.75 CONFigure[:MS]:LIMit:STANdard ON | OFF 6.76 CONFigure[:MS]:MEASurement? 6.74 CONFigure[:MS]:NETWork:PHASe 1 | 2 [,PLUS] 6.78 CONFigure[:MS]:NETWork[:TYPE] PGSM |PGSM900 | EGSM 6.78 |EGSM900 | DCS |GSM1800 | PCS | GSM1900 | RGSM | RGSM900 CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:CLASs 1 to 8 | 1 to 4 | M1 | M2 | M3 6.76...
  • Page 733 Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:RVALue <numeric_value> 6.89 DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM ON | OFF 6.90 DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM[:FREQuency]:CENTer <numeric_value> 6.90 DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM[:FREQuency]:STARt <numeric_value> 6.90 DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM[:FREQuency]:STOP <numeric_value> 6.90 DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:X:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic 6.91 DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1 to 4>:Y[:SCALe] 10dB to 200dB...
  • Page 734 FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT <string> 6.112 HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:CAINcrement ON | OFF 6.113 HCOPy:DEVice:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe ON | OFF 6.112 HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> WMF | EWMF | GDI | BMP 6.110 HCOPy[:IMMediate] 6.111 HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:FULL 6.113 HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant<1 to 4> 6.113 HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> LANDscape | PORTrait 6.113 INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas 6.114...

  • Page 735: [Sense :]Bandwidth|Bwidth[:Resolution]:Auto

    Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes[:ACTive] ON | OFF 6.127 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ON | OFF 6.128 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:MACRos ON | OFF 6.128 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE 6.130 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData ON | OFF 6.128 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe<1 to 4> ON | OFF 6.127 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer[:ACTive] ON | OFF 6.129 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL ON | OFF...

  • Page 736: Analog | Digital

    FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:MODE ANALog | DIGital 6.150 [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:MODE:FFT ON | OFF 6.150 [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio 0.0001 to 1 6.150 [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo 1Hz to 10MHz 6.151 [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ON | OFF 6.151 [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:EXTernal[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.151 [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio 0.001 to 1000 | SINe | PULSe | 6.151 NOISe [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire]...
  • Page 737 Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:REFerence RCOSine | RRCosine | GAUSsian | 6.166 B22 | B25 | B44 | QFM | FM95 | QFR | FR95 | QRM | RM95 | QRR | RR95 | A25Fm | EMES | EREF [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FORMat QPSK | PSK | MSK | QAM | FSK 6.164...
  • Page 738 FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page [SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs[:STATe] ON | OFF 6.172 [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer 0 GHz to f max 6.174 [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:LINK STARt | STOP | SPAN 6.174 [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP 0 to f max 6.175 [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN | RBW | OFF 6.175 [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor 1 to 100 PCT 6.175...
  • Page 739 Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator[:INTernal]:TUNe:SAVe 6.187 [SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal | EXTernal 6.187 [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt 0 to 32767 6.189 [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe ON | OFF 6.189 [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff 0 to 100s 6.190 [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 0 to 100s 6.190 [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LEVel -5V to +5V 6.189 [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity POSitive | NEGative 6.190...
  • Page 740 FSIQ Alphabetical List of Commands Command Parameter Page STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]? 6.198 STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.199 STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.199 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:CONDition? 6.199 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:ENABle 0 to 65535 6.200 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin[:EVENt]? 6.199 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:NTRansition 0 to 65535 6.200 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:PTRansition 0 to 65535 6.200 STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? 6.197 STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle 0 to 65535...

  • Page 741: Unit :Power

    Alphabetical List of Commands FSIQ Command Parameter Page SYSTem:VERSion? 6.210 TRACe:COPY TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | 6.212 TRACE4 ,TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 TRACe[:DATA] TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | 6.211 TRACE4, <block> | <numeric_value> TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff -100 to 100 s 6.214 TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AF -120 to +120PCT...

  • Page 742: Table Of Softkeys With Iec/Ieee-Bus Command Assignment

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis Table of Softkeys with IEC/IEEE-Bus Command Assignment Basic Instrument - Signal Analysis Mode FREQUENCY Key Group START [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt <num_value> START MANUAL [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt:LINK CENTer CENTER FIXED [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt:LINK SPAN SPAN FIXED [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt:LINK STOP STOP FIXED [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt:FLINe[:STATe] ON | OFF START AT FREQ LINE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LIN | LOG...
  • Page 743 Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:LINK STOP STOP FIXED [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet <num_value> FREQUENCY OFFSET [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LIN | LOG FREQ AXIS STEP [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN; AUTO [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor 10PCT 0.1 * SPAN [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK RBW; AUTO [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor 10PCT 0.1 * RBW [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK SPAN; AUTO 0.5 * SPAN [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor 50PCT [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK RBW;...

  • Page 744: Level Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM[:FREQuency]:STARt MOVE ZOOM <num_value> START DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM[:FREQuency]:STOP MOVE ZOOM <num_value> STOP DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:X[:SCALe]:ZOOM OFF ZOOM OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing LIN | LOG FREQ AXIS LEVEL Key Group DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <num_value> LEVEL DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet <num_value> REF LEVEL OFFSET DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE ABSolute|RELative GRID ABS/REL UNIT CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer DBMV...

  • Page 745: Input Key

    Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE NORMal; ATTEN AUTO INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON NORMAL INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE LNOise; ATTEN AUTO INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON LOW NOISE INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE LDIStortion; ATTEN AUTO INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON LOW DIST INPut<1|2>:MIXer <num_value> MIXER LEVEL DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue:AUTO ON MAX LEVEL AUTO DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue:AUTO OFF; MAX LEVEL MANUAL DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue <num_value>...

  • Page 746: Marker Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis MARKER Key Group NORMAL CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF; MARKER CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X <num_value>; 1..4 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt ON | OFF; SIGNAL CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency? COUNT MARKER DEMOD CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] ON | OFF MKR DEMOD ON/OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1..4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff <num_value> MKR STOP TIME SYSTem:SPEaker<1|2>:VOLume <num_value>...
  • Page 747 Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect CPOWer; CHANNEL CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? CPOWer; POWER CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE ABSolute|RELative CP/ACP ABS/REL [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE SET CP REFERENCE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect CN; CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? CN; CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect CN0; C/No CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? CN0; CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect ACPower; ADJACENT CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? ACPower; CHAN POWER CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet...
  • Page 748 FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis DELTA CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe] ON | OFF DELTA CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X <num_value> 1...4 CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative? CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y? CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] ON | OFF PHASE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? NOISE REFERENCE POINT CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1..4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y <num_value> REF POINT LEVEL CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1..4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y:OFFSet REF POINT LVL OFFSET <num_value> CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1..4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X <num_value> REF POINT FREQUENCY CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1..4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X <num_value>...
  • Page 749 Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ SUMMARY MARKER CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe] ON | OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ON | OFF MEAN CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd ON | OFF PEAK HOLD ON/OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage ON | OFF AVERAGE ON/OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt <num_value> SWEEP COUNT CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF ALL SUM MKR CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ON | OFF SEARCH LIM...

  • Page 750: Lines Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis MKR-> CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] PEAK CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer MKR-> CENTER CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence MKR-> REF LEVEL CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CSTep MKR-> CF STEPSIZE CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STARt MKR-> START CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:STOP MKR-> STOP CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe <num_value> MKR-> TRACE CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe <num_value> LINES Key Group D LINES CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF; DISPLAY CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>...

  • Page 751: Trace Key Group

    Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command INSERT VALUE no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command DELETE VALUE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt <num_value> SHIFT X LIMIT LINE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt <num_value> SHIFT Y CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt <num_value> LIMIT LINE automatically executed during IEC/IEEE-bus operation SAVE LIMIT LINE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT DBM| DBPW| WATT| DBUV| VOLT|DBUA| EDIT LIMIT LINE AMPere| DB| DBUV_MHZ| DBUA_MHZ| UNITLESS...
  • Page 752 FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE MAXHold or MAX HOLD [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:MODE MAX DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE MINHold or MIN HOLD [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:MODE MIN DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:HCONtinuous ON | OFF HOLD CONT ON/OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt <num_value> SWEEP COUNT DETECTOR [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO ON | OFF AUTO SELECT [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion] APEak DETECTOR AUTOPEAK [SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion] POSitive DETECTOR...

  • Page 753: Sweep Key Group

    Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ FORMat:DEXPort:APPend[:STATe] ON | OFF APPEND FORMat:DEXPort:HEADer[:STATe] ON | OFF HEADER SWEEP Key Group COUPLING [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] <num_value> RES BW MANUAL [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ON | OFF RES BW AUTO [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo <num_value> VIDEO BW MANUAL [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO ON | OFF VIDEO BW AUTO [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME <num_value>...
  • Page 754 FSIQ Command Assignment: Signal Analysis TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate FREE RUN TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce VIDeo VIDEO TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo <num_value> TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce LINE LINE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce EXTernal EXTERN TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] -5.0...+5.0V TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce RFPower RF POWER TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff <num_value> TRIGGER DELAY TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative SLOPE POS/NEG SWEEP INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON; INITiate[:IMMediate] CONTINUOUS SWEEP INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous OFF;...
  • Page 755 Command Assignment: Signal Analysis FSIQ GATE SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LEVel <num_value> GATE LEVEL [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE LEVel | EDGE GATE MODE LEVEL/EDGE [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity POSitive | NEGative GATE POL POS/NEG [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff <num_value> GATE DELAY [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth <num_value> GATE LENGTH [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal GATE EXTERN [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce RFPower GATE RF POWER GATE ADJUST...

  • Page 756: Basic Instrument - General Device Settings

    FSIQ Command Assignment: General Device Settings Basic Instrument - General Device Settings DATA VARIATION Key Group HOLD no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command UNLOCK no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command LOCK DATA no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command LOCK ALL if needed, the step width is entered in the subsystem of the corresponding parameter. STEP STEPSIZE AUTO...
  • Page 757 Command Assignment: General Device Settings FSIQ CONFIG DISPLAY SELECT OBJECT DISPlay:CMAP:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum> BRIGHTNESS DISPlay:CMAP<1...13>:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum> TINT DISPlay:CMAP<1...13>:HSL <hue>,<sat>,<lum> SATURATION DISPlay:CMAP<1...13>:DEFault DEFAULT COLORS DISPlay:CMAP<1...13>:PDEFined BLACk| BLUE| BROWn| GREen| CYAN| RED | PREDEFINED MAGenta| YELLow| WHITe| DGRAy| LGRAy| COLORS LBLUe| LGREen| LCYan| LRED| LMAGenta DISPlay:LOGO ON | OFF LOGO ON/OFF...
  • Page 758 FSIQ Command Assignment: General Device Settings CALibration:LDETector? CALibration:LOSuppression? LO SUPP CALibration:IQ? CALibration:STATe ON | OFF CAL CORR ON/OFF no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command RESULTS CALibration:PPEak? PRESEL PEAK INFO *IDN? FIRMWARE VERSION *OPT? HARDWARE+ SYSTem:BINFo? OPTIONS *TST? SELFTEST *TST? EXECUTE TEST SYSTem:ERRor? SYSTEM MESSAGES SYSTem:ERRor?

  • Page 759: Configuration Key Group

    Command Assignment: General Device Settings FSIQ CONFIGURATION Key Group The sub menus are described under the associated operating modes. MODE INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] SANalyzer ANALYZER INSTrument<1|2>:NSELect OUTPut[:STATe] ON | OFF TRACKING GENERATOR INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] ADEMod | DDEMod VECTOR INSTrument<1|2>:NSELect 2 | 3 ANALYZER INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] MGSM GSM MS...
  • Page 760 FSIQ Command Assignment: General Device Settings [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:RANGe<1...10> <freq>,<freql>,<name>.. TRANSD SET RANGES no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command INSERT LINE no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command DELETE LINE automatically executed during IEC/IEEE-bus operation SAVE TRD see EDIT TRD FACTOR or EDIT TRD SET FACT/SET [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete DELETE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TSET:DELete FACTOR/SET...

  • Page 761: Status Key Group

    Command Assignment: General Device Settings FSIQ SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>:CONTrol:DTR IBFull | OFF COM PORT SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>:CONTrol:RTS IBFull | OFF SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:BAUD <numeric_value> SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:BITS 7 | 8 SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:PARity[:TYPE] EVEN| ODD| NONE SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:SBITs SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial<1|2>[:RECeive]:PACE XON | NONE SYSTem:TIME 0...23, 0...59, 0...59 TIME SYSTem:DATE <num>,<num>,<num> DATE no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command MONITOR CONNECTED no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command...

  • Page 762: Hardcopy Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: General Device Settings HARDCOPY Key Group HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>] START SETTINGS HCOPy:ITEM:ALL COPY SCREEN HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe ON | OFF COPY TRACE HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TABle:STATe ON | OFF COPY TABLE SELECT QUADRANT HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant 1 UPPER LEFT HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant 2 LOWER LEFT HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant 3 UPPER RIGHT HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant 4 LOWER...

  • Page 763: Memory Key Group

    Command Assignment: General Device Settings FSIQ MEMORY Key Group CONFIG MMEMory:MSIS <device> EDIT PATH MMEMory:CDIRectory <directory_name> MMEMory:DELete <file_name> DELETE MMEMory:RDIRectory <directory_name> MMEMory:INITialize <msus> FORMAT DISK MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name> MAKE DIRECTORY MMEMory:MOVE <file_source>,<file_destination> RENAME no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command SORT MODE MMEMory:COPY <file_source>,<file_destination> COPY SAVE MMEMory:STORe:STATe 1,<file_name>...
  • Page 764 FSIQ Command Assignment: General Device Settings MMEMory:CLEar:STATe 1,<file_name> DATA SET CLEAR MMEMory:CLEar:ALL DATA SET CLEAR ALL RECALL MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1,<file_name> EDIT NAME the path is included in the file name. EDIT PATH MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO 1,<file_name> AUTO RECALL SELECT ITEMS TO RECALL MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:GSETup ON | OFF SELECT MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings ON | OFF ITEMS...

  • Page 765: User Key

    Command Assignment: General Device Settings FSIQ USER Key USER no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command MACRO 1...7 no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command DEFINE MACRO no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command RECORD ON/OFF no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command DEFINE PAUSE no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command DELETE MACRO no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command MACRO TITLE no corresponding IEC/IEEE-bus command...

  • Page 766: Vektor-Signal Analysis Mode

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis Vektor-Signal Analysis Mode CONFIGURATION Key Group - Digital Demodulation MODE VECTOR ANALYZER DIGITAL STANDARD [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet PDCup PDC UP [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet PDCDown PDC DOWN [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet FNADc NADC FWD CH [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet RNADc NADC REV CH [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet DECT DECT [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet PHS [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet PWT...
  • Page 767 Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet CT2 [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet ERMes ERMES [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet MODacom MODACOM [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet F16 FLEX16_2 [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet F322 FLEX32_2 [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet F324 FLEX32_4 [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet F64 FLEX64_4 [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet APCO25C4FM APCO25 C4FM [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet APCO25CQPSK APCO25 CQPSK [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:PRESet CDPD CDPD INSTrument[:SELect] DDEMod DIGITAL [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FORMat QPSK | PSK | MSK |QAM | FSK DEMOD...
  • Page 768 FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis MEAS RESULT CALCulate<1|2>:FEED ‘TCAP’ MAGNITUDE CAP BUFFER CALCulate<1|2>:FEED ‘XTIM:DDEM:MEAS’ MEAS SIGNAL CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat MAGNitude MAGNITUDE CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat PHASe PHASE CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat FREQuency FREQUENCY CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat RIMag REAL/IMAG PART CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat FEYE EYE DIAG [FREQ] CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat IEYE EYE DIAG CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat QEYE EYE DIAG CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat TEYE EYE DIAG...
  • Page 769 Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat QEYE EYE DIAG CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat TEYE EYE DIAG TRELLIS CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat COMP POLAR [IQ] VECTOR CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat CONS POLAR [IQ] CONSTELL DISPLay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:SYMBol DOTS | BARS |OFF SYMBOL DISPLAY CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat PHASe | UPHase PHASE WRAP ON/OFF DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:EYE:COUNt <num_value> LENGTH CALCulate<1|2>:FEED ‘XTIM:DDEM:ERR:MPH’...

  • Page 770: Configuration Key Group - Analog Demodulation

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis see section "LEVEL - RANGE" RANGE BANDWIDTH [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:RESolution:AUTO ON | OFF IF BW AUTO [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:RESolution <num_value> IF BW MANUAL CONFIGURATION Key Group - Analog Demodulation MODE VECTOR ANALYZER INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] ADEMod ANALOG DEMOD MODULATION PARAMETER SENSe<1|2>:FILTer:HPASs[:STATe] ON | OFF HIGH PASS AF FILTER...
  • Page 771 Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:FEED ‘XTIM:AMSummary’ MODULATION CALCulate<1|2>:FEED ‘XTIM:FMSummary’ SUMMARY CALCulate<1|2>:FEED ‘XTIM:PMSummary’ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AM[:RESult?] PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FM[:RESult?] PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS | RDEV CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:PM[:RESult?] PPEak | MPEak | MIDDle | RMS CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AFRequency[:RESult?] CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FERRor [:RESult?] CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ADEMod:SINad:RESult?

  • Page 772: Frequency Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FREQUENCY Key Group [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer <num_value> CENTER [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer <num_value> CENTER FREQUENCY [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet <num_value> FREQUENCY OFFSET LEVEL Key Group DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <num_value> LEVEL DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet <num_value> REF LEVEL OFFSET INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation <num_value> RF ATTEN MANUAL INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE NORMal; ATTEN AUTO INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ON NORMAL INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO:MODE LNOise;...

  • Page 773: Input Key

    Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:ANGLe Y UNIT CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer Y UNIT CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer VOLT Y UNIT VOLT CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer WATT Y UNIT WATT CALCulate<1|2>:X:UNIT:TIME S X UNIT TIME CALCulate<1|2>:X:UNIT:TIME SYMB X UNIT SYMBOL OUTPut<1|2>:AF:SENSitivity <num_value> SENSITIV AF OUTPUT SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume <num_value> VOLUME INPUT Key INPUT INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation <num_value>...

  • Page 774: Marker Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis MARKER Key Group NORMAL CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>[:STATe] ON | OFF; MARKER 1..2 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:X <num_value>; CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:Y? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:READout MPHase | RIMaginary POLAR MARKER R/I / MA/PH CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:ANGLe DEG | RAD POLAR MARKER DEG/ RAD CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:COUPled[:STATe] ON | OFF COUPLED MARKER DISPlay:WINDow<1|2>:MINFo ON | OFF (indication)
  • Page 775 Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe] ON | OFF +PEAK CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MPEak[:STATe] ON | OFF -PEAK CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MPEak:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MPEak:AVERage:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MPEak:PHOLd:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MIDDle[:STATe] ON | OFF ±PEAK/2 CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MIDDle:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MIDDle:AVERage:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MIDDle:PHOLd:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe] ON | OFF CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ON | OFF MEAN CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...2>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult? CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage:RESult?

  • Page 776: Lines Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis LINES Key Group D LINES CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF; DISPLAY LINE 1/2 CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2> <num_value> CALCulate<1|2>:RLINe:STATe ON | OFF; REFERENCE LINE CALCulate<1|2>:RLINe <num_value> CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold ON | OFF; THRESHOLD LINE CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold <num_value> CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe ON | OFF; TIME/SYMB CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>...

  • Page 777: Trace Key Group

    Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT DB| DBM | RAD | DEG | PCT | HZ | S | EDIT LIMIT VOLT | WATT | UNITless LINE CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe <num_value> CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent ’string’ CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA] <num_value>,<num_value>.. CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain FREQuency|TIME CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFset <num_value> CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE RELative | ABSolute CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:UNIT[:TIME] S | SYM CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SPACing LINear | LOGarithmic CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA] <num_value>,<num_value>..

  • Page 778: Sweep Key Group

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis SWEEP Key Group COUPLING [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ON | OFF IF BW AUTO [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] <num_value> IF BW MANUAL [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:PLL AUTO|HIGH|MEDium|LOW MAIN PLL BANDWIDTH SWEEP INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON; INITiate[:IMMediate] CONTINUOUS SWEEP INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous OFF; INITiate[:IMMediate] SINGLE SWEEP [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt <num_value> SWEEP COUNT [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:TIME <num_value>...

  • Page 779: Trigger Key - Analog Demodulation

    Command Assignment: Vector Signal Analysis FSIQ [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:SELect <pattern_name> SELECT PATTERN [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:PATTern <string> NEW SYNC PATTERN [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:NAME <pattern_name> NAME [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:COMMent <string> COMMENT [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:DATA <string> VALUE [SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:PATTern <string> (the pattern is set in the instrument and automatically saved under the name remote.pat) automatically executed during IEC/IEEE-bus operation (see above, command SAVE PATTERN...

  • Page 780: Tracking Generator (Option Fse-B8 To B11)

    FSIQ Command Assignment: Tracking Generator Tracking Generator (Option FSE-B8 to B11) CONFIGURATION Key Group MODE TRACKING OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] ON | OFF SOURCE ON/OFF SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <num_value> SOURCE POWER SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet <num_value> POWER OFFSET SOURCE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod TRANsmission CAL TRANS [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] THRough [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod REFLexion CAL REFL SHORT [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] THRough [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod REFLexion...

  • Page 781: Gsm Bts Analysis (Option Fse-K11)

    Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis FSIQ GSM BTS Analysis (Option FSE-K11) CONFIGURATION Key Group MODE INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] BGSM GSM BTS ANALYZER SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut[:MAGNitude] <num_value> EXTERNAL ATTEN ARFCN / FREQUENCY CONFigure[:BTS]:ARFCn <num_value> ARFCN CONFigure[:BTS]:ARFCn:AUTO ONCE ARFCN AUTOSELECT SENSe<1|2>:FREQuency:CENTer <num_value> FREQUENCY POWER SETTINGS SENSe<1|2>:CORRection:LOSS:INPut[:MAGNitude] <num_value>...
  • Page 782 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:TSC 0...7 MIDAMBLE CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:TSC:AUTO ON | OFF TRIGGER TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate FREE RUN TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce EXTernal EXTERN TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] -5.0...+5.0V TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative SLOPE TRIGGER ADJUST TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:FRAMe <num_value> FRAME COARSE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:FRAMe <num_value> FRAME FINE TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:FRAMe:AUTO ONCE AUTO FRAME ADJUST TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:SLOT <num_value>...
  • Page 783 Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis FSIQ INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous OFF; INITiate[:IMMediate] SINGLE READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:STATus? READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:AVERage? READ:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:MAXimum? READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:STATus? READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:AVERage? READ:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:MAXimum? READ:BURSt:FERRor:STATus? READ:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? READ:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON; INITiate[:IMMediate] CONTINUOUS FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:STATus? FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:AVERage? FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:RMS:MAXimum? FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:STATus? FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:AVERage? FETCh:BURSt:PERRor:PEAK:MAXimum? FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:STATus? FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? NO. OF BURSTS CONFigure:BURSt:PFERror:COUNt <num_value> MANUAL SET TO STANDARD see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN /...
  • Page 784 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis SET TO STANDARD CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:SINGle[:STATe] ON | OFF SGL MEAS READ:BURSt:POWer? MEAS SGL PWR LEVEL CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:STATic <num_value> STATIC PWR CTRL LEVEL CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:DYNamic <num_value> DYNAM PWR CTRL LEVEL CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:SINGle:CLEar CLEAR SGL RESULT TAB CONFigure[:BTS]:POWer:EXPected <num_value> SIGNAL POWER see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN /...
  • Page 785 Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis FSIQ CONFigure:BURSt:REFerence:AUTO ON | OFF REF MEAS AUTO USER see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CALCulate:X:UNIT:TIME S|SYM X UNIT SYMB TIME [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] DEF | 300 kHz | 1 MHz MEAS BANDWIDTH TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:SOURce FRAMe | TSC...
  • Page 786 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe ARFCn ARFCN ±1.8 MHZ CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe TXBand TX BAND CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe COMBined ±1.8 MHZ / TX BAND CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe RXBand RX BAND see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RXGain:INPut[:MAGNitude] <num_value> RX BAND GAIN CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:TGATe ON | OFF...
  • Page 787 Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis FSIQ CONFigure:SPECtrum:SWITching:COUNt <num_value> MANUAL SET TO STANDARD see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF BTS SFH ON OFF [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] DEF | 300 kHz | 1 MHz MEAS BANDWIDTH see sub menu SETTINGS...
  • Page 788 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM BTS Analysis CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe TXBand TX BAND CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe OTXBand <> TX BAND CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe RXBand RX BAND CONFigure:SPURious:RANGe COMBined TX BAND ±2.MHZ CONFigure:SPURious:STEP:COUNT? SELECT CONFigure:SPURious:STEP<1..26> ON | OFF STEP see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CONFigure[:BTS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF...

  • Page 789: Gsm Ms Analysis (Option Fse-K10)

    Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis FSIQ GSM MS Analysis (Option FSE-K10) CONFIGURATION Key Group MODE INSTrument<1|2>[:SELect] MGSM GSM MS ANALYZER SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut[:MAGNitude] <num_value> EXTERNAL ATTEN ARFCN / FREQUENCY CONFigure[:MS]:ARFCn <num_value> ARFCN CONFigure[:MS]:ARFCn:AUTO ONCE ARFCN AUTOSELECT [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQency:CENTer <num_value> FREQUENCY POWER SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut[:MAGNitude] <num_value>...
  • Page 790 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis TRIGGER TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce IMMediate FREE RUN TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce VIDeo VIDEO TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce EXTernal EXTERN TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] -5.0...+5.0V TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce RFPower RF POWER TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe POSitive|NEGative SLOPE TRIGGER ADJUST TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:SLOT <num_value> COARSE ADJUST TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:SLOT <num_value> FINE ADJUST TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:ADJust:SLOT:AUTO ONCE AUTO ADJUST TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] <num_value>...
  • Page 791 Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis FSIQ CONFigure:BURSt:PFERror[:IMMediate] PHASE/FREQ ERROR INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous OFF; INITiate[:IMMediate] SINGLE INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ON; INITiate[:IMMediate] CONTINUOUS NO. OF BURSTS CONFigure:BURSt:PFERror:COUNt <num_value> MANUAL SET TO STANDARD see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CALCulate<1|2>::X:UNIT:TIME S|SYM X UNIT SYMB TIME...
  • Page 792 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis READ:BURSt:POWer? MEAS SGL PWR LEVEL CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:LEVel <num_value> POWER CTRL LEVEL CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:SINGle:CLEar CLEAR SGL RESULT TAB CONFigure[:MS]:POWer:EXPected <num_value> SIGNAL POWER see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CONFigure:BURSt:POWer:CONDition NORMal | EXTReme CONDITIONS NORM EXTR [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] DEF | 300 kHz | 1 MHz...
  • Page 793 Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis FSIQ see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CALCulate<1|2>:X:UNIT:TIME S|SYM X UNIT SYMB TIME [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] DEF | 300 kHz | 1 MHz MEAS BANDWIDTH TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SYNChronize:SOURce FRAMe | TSC SYNC TO MIDAMBLE see sub menu SETTINGS TRIGGER...
  • Page 794 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe COMBined ±1.8 MHZ TX BAND CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe RXBand RX BAND GSM 900 CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe DCSRx1800 RX BAND DCS 1800 CONFigure:SPECtrum:MODulation:RANGe RXBand RX BAND see sub menu SETTINGS ARFCN / FREQUENCY see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RXGain:INPut[:MAGNitude] <num_value>...
  • Page 795 Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis FSIQ see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CONFigure[:MS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF MS SFH [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] DEF | 300 kHz | 1 MHz MEAS BANDWIDTH see sub menu SETTINGS TRIGGER EDIT LIMIT LINE FILTER see Basic Instrument - Signal Analysis EDIT LIMIT LINE CONFigure[:MS]:LIMIt:STANdard ON | OFF...
  • Page 796 FSIQ Command Assignment: GSM MS Analysis see sub menu SETTINGS POWER SETTINGS CONFigure[:MS]:CHANnel:SFH ON | OFF MS SFH CONFigure[:MS]:TXSupp ON | OFF TX SUPPR ON OFF CONFigure:SPURious:ANTenna CONDucted|RADiated ANTENNA COND RAD CONFigure[:MS]:SWEeptime STANdard|AUTO SWEEPTIME AUTO see sub menu SETTINGS TRIGGER EDIT LIMIT LINE FILTER...

  • Page 797: External Mixer (Option Fse-B21)

    Command Assignment: External Mixer FSIQ External Mixer (Option FSE-B21) INPUT Key Group INPUT [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer[:STATe] OFF MIXER INTERNAL [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer[:STATe] ON MIXER EXTERNAL [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:BLOCk ON | OFF BAND LOCK ON OFF SELECT BAND [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:BAND A|Q|U|V|E|W|F|D|G|Y|J BAND [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:TYPE ODD|EVEN|EODD EVEN HARMONICS [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic:TYPE ODD|EVEN|EODD HARMONICS [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:PORT 2|3 PORTS...
  • Page 798 FSIQ Command Assignment: External Mixer DELETE LINE COPY TABLE table is saved with every change of values. SAVE TABLE PAGE PAGE DOWN see softkey EDIT TABLE TABLE LOAD TABLE [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:CVL:CLEar DELETE TABLE PAGE PAGE DOWN DEFAULT SETTINGS [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:HARMonic <value> HARMONIC# [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:PORT 2|3 PORTS [SENSe<1|2>:]MIXer:LOSS[:LOW] <num_value>...
  • Page 799 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 800 FSIQ Contents - Programming Examples Contents - Chapter 7 "Remote Control - Programming Examples" 7 Programming Examples Programming via IEC/IEEE Bus...................... 7.1 Including IEC-Bus Library for QuickBasic................7.1 Initialization and Default Status ....................7.1 Initiate Controller ......................7.1 Initiate Instrument......................7.1 Transmission of Instrument Setting Commands ..............
  • Page 801 Contents - Programming Examples FSIQ 1119.5063.12 I-7.2 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 802: Programming Examples

    FSIQ Programming Examples 7 Programming Examples The examples explain the programming of the instrument and can serve as a basis to solve more complex programming tasks. QuickBASIC has been used as programming language. However, the programs can be translated into other languages.

  • Page 803: Transmission Of Instrument Setting Commands

    Programming Examples FSIQ Transmission of Instrument Setting Commands Center frequency, span, and reference level of the instrument are set in this example. REM -------- Instrument setting commands ------------- CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "FREQUENCY:CENTER 120MHz") ’Center frequency 120 MHz CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "FREQUENCY:SPAN 10MHZ") ’Span 10 MHz CALL IBWRT(analyzer%, "DISPLAY:TRACE:Y:RLEVEL -10dBm") ’Reference level -10dBm...

  • Page 804: Command Synchronization

    FSIQ Programming Examples Command synchronization The possibilities for synchronization implemented in the following example are described in Chapter 5, Section "Command Order and Command Synchronization". REM -------- Examples of command synchronization --------- REM The command INITiate[:IMMediate] starts a single sweep if the command REM INIT:CONT OFF was previously sent.

  • Page 805: Service Request

    Programming Examples FSIQ Service Request The service request routine requires an extended initialization of the instrument in which the respective bits of the transition and enable registers are set. In order to use the service request function in conjugation with National Instruments GPIB driver, the setting "Disable Auto Serial Poll"...
  • Page 806 FSIQ Programming Examples Reading out the status event registers, the output buffer and the error/event queue is effected in subroutines. REM -------- Subroutines for the individual STB bits ------ Outputqueue: ’Reading the output buffer Message$ = SPACE$(100) ’Make space for response CALL IBRD(analyzer%, Message$) PRINT "Message in output buffer :";...

  • Page 807: Programming Via The Rsib Interface

    Programming Examples FSIQ Programming via the RSIB Interface The following hints apply to both the 16-bit and the 32-bit DLL versions (RSIB.DLL and RSIB32.DLL) unless an explicit distinction is made. The RSIB interface supports links to max. 16 measuring instruments at the same time. Visual Basic Programming Hints: •...
  • Page 808 FSIQ Programming Examples • Reading trace data in real format When the function declarations of the file RSIB.BAS are used, replies from the instrument can be assigned to only one string. Trace data can be read faster and processing is simpler, however, if data are read in real format into float arrays.

  • Page 809: C / C

    Programming Examples FSIQ • In the following example, save and recall of the instrument settings is made. Dim ibsta As Integer ’ Status variable Dim iberr As Integer ’ Error variable Dim ibcntl As Long ’ Count variable Dim ud As Integer ’...
  • Page 810 FSIQ Programming Examples Programming example: In the following C program, a single sweep is started on the instrument with the IP address 89.1.1.200 and a marker is set to the maximum level. Before the maximum level can be determined, the sweep must be terminated. Synchronization to the end of the sweep is made by triggering a service request at the end of the sweep with command "*OPC"...

  • Page 811: Winword (Word Basic)

    Programming Examples FSIQ WinWord (Word Basic) Programming Hints: • Access to RSIB.DLL functions The functions of DLL RSIB.DLL can be utilized from a WinWord macro (WinWord 2.0/6.0) with certain restrictions. The function declarations for WinWord are defined in the module rsibwb.bas and must be copied into the macro when a WinWord macro is created.
  • Page 812 FSIQ Programming Examples Programming examples: • Sending a setting command The macro SetStartFreq is used as an example for setting the start frequencyof an instrument with the IP address 89.1.1.200 . The macro first reads the desired value from an input box. The value is then set with the DLL function RSDLLibwrt() via an SCPI command.

  • Page 813: Excel

    Programming Examples FSIQ ’ Declaration from file "rsibwb.bas" Declare Function RSDLLibfind Lib "rsib.dll"(udName$, ibsta$, iberr$, ibcntl$) As Integer Declare Function RSDLLibwrt Lib "rsib.dll"(ud As Integer, Wrt$, ibsta$, iberr$, ibcntl$) As Integer Declare Function RSDLLilrd Lib "rsib.dll"(ud As Integer, Rd$, cnt As Long, ibsta$, iberr$, ibcntl$) As Integer Sub MAIN Dim ud, status...
  • Page 814 FSIQ Contents - Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces Contents - Chapter 8 "Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces" 8 Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces Maintenance ............................. 8.1 Mechanical Maintenance ......................8.1 Electrical Maintenance......................8.1 Testing the Level Measuring Accuracy ................. 8.1 Testing the Frequency Accuracy................... 8.1 Instrument Interfaces ........................
  • Page 815 Contents - Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces FSIQ 1119.5063.12 E-13 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 816: Maintenance And Instrument Interfaces

    FSIQ Maintenance 8 Maintenance and Instrument Interfaces The following chapter contains information on the maintenance of the FSIQ and on the instrument interfaces. The address of our support center and a list of all Rohde & Schwarz service centers can be found at the beginning of this manual.

  • Page 817: Instrument Interfaces

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ Instrument Interfaces IEC Bus Interface The standard instrument is equipped with an IEC/IEEE Bus connector. An IEEE 488 interface connector is located on the rear panel of the FSIQ. An external controller for remote control of the instrument can be connected via the IEEE 488 interface connector using a shielded cable.

  • Page 818: Bus Lines

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces Bus Lines 1. Data bus with 8 lines DIO 1 to DIO 8. The transmission is bit-parallel and byte-serial in the ASCII/ISO code. DIO1 is the least significant, DIO8 the most significant bit. 2. Control bus with 5 lines. IFC (Interface Clear), active low resets the interfaces of the devices connected to the default setting.

  • Page 819: Interface Functions

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ Interface Functions Instruments which can be remote controlled via the IEC bus can be equipped with different interface functions. Table 8-1 lists the interface functions appropriate for the instrument. Table 8-1 Interface functions Control character Interface function Handshake source function (source handshake), full capability Handshake sink function (acceptor handshake), full capability Listener function, full capability, deaddressed by MTA.

  • Page 820: Instrument Messages

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces Universal Commands The universal commands are encoded 10 - 1F hex. They affect all instruments connected to the bus without addressing. Table 8-2 Universal Commands Command QuickBASIC command Effect on the instrument (Device Clear) IBCMD (controller%, CHR$(20)) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the command processing software to a defined initial state.

  • Page 821: Rs-232-C Interface

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ RS-232-C Interface The standard FSIQ is equipped with two serial interfaces (RS-232-C). The interfaces can be set up manually in the SETUP-GENERAL SETUP menu in the COM PORT1/2 table. Each of the active RS-232-C interfaces is assigned to one of the 9-pin connectors located on the rear panel.

  • Page 822: Transmission Parameters

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces 2. Control lines DCD (Data Carrier Detect), Not used in FSIQ . Input; active LOW. Using this signal, the local terminal recognises that the modem of the remote station receives valid signals with sufficient level. DCD is used to disable the receiver in the local terminal and prevent reading of false data if the modem cannot interpret the signals of the remote station.

  • Page 823: Handshake

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ Handshake Software handshake In the software handshake mode of operation, the data transfer is controlled using the two control characters XON / XOFF. The instrument uses the control character XON to indicate that it is ready to receive data. If the receive buffer is full, it sends the XOFF character via the interface to the controller.
  • Page 824 FSIQ Instrument Interfaces Hardware handshake For hardware handshake, the instrument indicates that it is ready to receive data via the lines DTR and RTS. A logic ’0’ on both lines means ’ready’ and a logic ’1’ means ’not ready’. The RTS line is always active (logic ’0’) as long as the serial interface is switched on.

  • Page 825: Rsib Interface Functions

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ RSIB Interface Functions The RSIB interface allows the control of FSIQ by Windows applications WinWord and Excel or by Visual C++ and VisualBasic programs. The functions for the programming of control applications are provided by DLLs RSIB32.DLL (for 32-bit applications) and RSIB.DLL (for 16-bit applications). Control applications may run locally on the measuring instrument as well as on a remote controller in a network.

  • Page 826: Variables Ibsta, Iberr, Ibcntl

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces Variables ibsta, iberr, ibcntl Same as with the National Instrument interface, successful execution of a command can be checked by means of the variables ibsta, iberr and ibcntl. To this end, references to the three variables are transferred to all RSIB functions.

  • Page 827: List Of Interface Functions

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ List of Interface Functions The DLL functions are matched to the interface functions for IEC/IEEE-bus programming from National Instruments. Functions supported by the DLLs are listed in the following table. Function Description RSDLLibfind() Provides a handle for accessing a device. RSDLLibwrt() Sends a string terminated with a null to a device.

  • Page 828: Description Of Interface Functions

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces Description of Interface Functions RSDLLibfind() The function provides a handle for accessing the instrument with the name udName. VB format: Function RSDLLibfind (ByVal udName$, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer C format: short FAR PASCAL RSDLLibfind( char far *udName, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl) Instrument name Parameter:...
  • Page 829 Instrument Interfaces FSIQ RSDLLibwrtf The function sends the contents of a file to the instrument with the handle ud. VB format: Function RSDLLibwrtf (ByVal ud%, ByVal file$, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer C format: short FAR PASCAL RSDLLibwrtf( short ud, char far *Wrt, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl ) Device handle Parameter:...
  • Page 830 FSIQ Instrument Interfaces RSDLLibrdf() Reads data from the instrument into the file file with the handle ud. VB format: Function RSDLLibrdf (ByVal ud%, ByVal file$, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer C format: short FAR PASCAL RSDLLibrdf( short ud, char far *file, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl ) Device handle Parameter:...
  • Page 831 Instrument Interfaces FSIQ RSDLLibloc The function switches the instrument temporarily to LOCAL mode. VB format: Function RSDLLibloc (ByVal ud%, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer C format: void FAR PASCAL RSDLLibloc( short ud, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl) Device handle Parameter: Example:...
  • Page 832 FSIQ Instrument Interfaces RSDLLibonl The function switches the instrument to the 'online' or 'offline' state. When switching to ‘offline’ the interface is enabled and the device handle made invalid. The next call of RSDLLibfind sets up the communication again. VB format: Function RSDLLibonl (ByVal ud%, ByVal v%, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer C format:...
  • Page 833 Instrument Interfaces FSIQ RSDLLWaitSrq The function waits until the instrument triggers an SRQ with the handle ud. VB format: Function RSDLLWaitSrq (ByVal ud%, Result%, ibsta%, iberr%, ibcntl&) As Integer C format: void FAR PASCAL RSDLLWaitSrq( short ud, short far *result, short far *ibsta, short far *iberr, unsigned long far *ibcntl) Device handle Parameter:...

  • Page 834: User Interface (User)

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces User Interface (USER) The user interface, located on the rear panel of the FSIQ, is a 25 pin Cannon connector which provides access to the two user ports (Port A and Port B). Each port is 8 bits wide (A0 - A7 and B0 -B7) and can be configured either as output or as input.

  • Page 835: Printer Interface (Lpt)

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ Printer Interface (LPT) The 25-pin LPT connector on the rear panel of the FSIQ is provided for the connection of a printer.. The LPT interface is compatible with the CENTRONICS printer interface. STROBE SELECT BUSY INIT AUTOFEED ERROR SELECT IN Signal...

  • Page 836: Measurement Converters (Probe Code)

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces Measurement Converters (PROBE CODE) The PROBE CODE connector is used for supplying power to measurement converters and the providing the correct conversion factor coding to the FSIQ. Using it, the conversion factors for high-impedance probes, current converters and antennas can be encoded in 10dB steps. In addition, the quantity to be measured (field strength, current and voltage) is also passed to the FSIQ.

  • Page 837: Af-Output (Af Output)

    Instrument Interfaces FSIQ AF-Output (AF OUTPUT) A miniature telephone jack can be used at the AF OUTPUT connector to connect an external loudspeaker, a headphone set or, e.g., a LF voltmeter. The internal resistance is 10 ohms and the output voltage can be controlled in the MARKER DEMOD menu. When a jack is plugged in, the internal loudspeaker is automatically turned off.

  • Page 838: External Keyboard (Keyboard)

    FSIQ Instrument Interfaces External Keyboard (KEYBOARD) A 5-pin DIN connector is provided to allow connecting an external keyboard. Because of its low interference radiation, the PSA-Z1 keyboard is recommended (Order No. 1009.5001.31). However, any other multi-function keyboard may also be used. Signal Keyboard Clock Data...
  • Page 839 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 840 FSIQ Contents - Error Messages Contents - Chapter 9 "Error Messages" 9 List of Error Messages SCPI-Specific Error Messages......................9.1 Command Error - Faulty command; sets bit 5 in the ESR register......... 9.1 Execution Error - Error on execution of a command; sets bit 4 in the ESR register....9.4 Device Specific Error;...
  • Page 841 Contents - Error Messages FSIQ 1119.5063.12 I-9.2 www.valuetronics.com...

  • Page 842: List Of Error Messages

    FSIQ List of Error Messages 9 List of Error Messages The following list contains the error messages for errors occurring in the instrument. The meaning of negative error codes is defined in SCPI, positive error codes mark errors specific of the instrument. Error messages are entered in the error/event queue of the status reporting system in the remote control mode and can be queried with the command SYSTem:ERRor?.
  • Page 843 List of Error Messages FSIQ Continuation: Command Error Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Data type error -104 The command contains an invalid value indication. Example: ON is indicated instead of a numeric value for frequency setting. GET not allowed -105 A Group Execute Trigger (GET) is within a command line.
  • Page 844 FSIQ List of Error Messages Continuation: Command Error Error text in the case of queue poll Error code Error explanation Suffix not allowed -138 A suffix is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command. Example: The command *RCL does not permit a suffix to be indicated. Character data error -140 The command contains a faulty text parameter...

  • Page 845: Execution Error - Error On Execution Of A Command; Sets Bit 4 In The Esr Register

    List of Error Messages FSIQ Execution Error - Error on execution of a command; sets bit 4 in the ESR register Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Execution error -200 Error on execution of the command. Invalid while in local -201 The command is not executable while the device is in local due to a hard local control.
  • Page 846 FSIQ List of Error Messages Continuation: Execution Error Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Data corrupt or stale -230 The data are incomplete or invalid. Example: The instrument has aborted a measurement. -231 Data questionable The measurement accuracy is suspect.
  • Page 847 List of Error Messages FSIQ Continuation: Execution Error Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation Macro error -270 Error on the execution of a macro. Macro syntax error -271 The macro definition contains a syntax error. -272 Macro execution error The macro definition contains an error.

  • Page 848: Device Specific Error; Sets Bit 3 In The Esr Register

    FSIQ List of Error Messages Device Specific Error; sets bit 3 in the ESR register Error code Error test in the case of queue poll Error explanation -300 Device-specific error FSIQ-specific error not defined in greater detail. -310 System error This error message suggests an error within the instrument.
  • Page 849 www.valuetronics.com...
  • Page 850 FSIQ Index 10 Index Note: The softkeys are listed alphabetically under the keyword "Softkey". For each softkey, the page in chapter 6 containing the description of the corresponding remote command is quoted in addition. The assignment between IEEE-bus commands and softkeys is described in Chapter 6, Section "Table of Softkeys with IEC/IEEE-Bus Command Assignment".
  • Page 851 Index FSIQ D Lines .............4.126, 4.252 EDGE................4.204 D8PSK................ 4.208 Electrostatic discharge ..........1.20 DQPSK............... 4.208 ENABle register part............5.19 Data set Enhancement labels............3.6 creation ..............4.58 Entry partial ..............4.57 abortion..............3.16 recall ..............4.58 alphanumeric parameters........3.17 save ............... 4.54 numeric parameter ..........3.16 Date................
  • Page 852 FSIQ Index measurement window..........4.67 offset ............4.71, 4.234 setting ..............4.234 CAL................4.9 setting accuracy ........... 4.234 CENTER ............4.70, 4.234 shift keying ............4.206 CONFIG..............4.52 zoom ..............4.76 COUPLING ..........4.152, 4.264 Front panel cursor..............3.14 disable..............3.19 D LINES............. 4.125, 4.251 keyboard emulation ........3.21, 3.23 DELTA ............
  • Page 853 Index FSIQ Login (NT controller) ............. 1.23 MODACOM ..............4.209 Logout (NT controller)........... 1.23 Mode................4.18 Low pass AF filter ............4.182 signal analysis ............4.66 Lower case ..............6.2 tracking generator ..........4.277 LPT inteface ..............8.20 vector signal analysis..........4.174 Modification level of modules ........4.13 Modulation error ..............4.224 filter.................4.99...
  • Page 854 FSIQ Index string ..............5.14 level offset............ 4.78, 4.237 text ................. 5.14 line ............. 4.127, 4.252 Password modulation ............4.191 Service ..............4.33 position ..............4.239 Windows NT............1.23 signal (digital demodulation)....... 4.213, 4.217 Path................4.52 value ............4.191, 4.235 Pattern................ 4.274 value position..........
  • Page 855 Index FSIQ 75us ..............4.185 COPY ............4.53, 6.122 ACP STANDARD ...........4.98, 6.51 COPY (TRACE) ......... 4.142; 6.212 ACTIVE MKR / DELTA ....4.116, 4.246, 4.250 COPY LIMIT LINE......4.132, 4.256, 6.27 ACTIVE SCREEN A/B..........4.4 COPY SCREEN........... 4.45, 6.111 ADJACENT CHAN POWER ....4.105, 6.49, 6.50 COPY TABLE ..........
  • Page 856 FSIQ Index ERROR VECT MAGNITUDE......4.226, 6.18 LOCK DATA ............3.19 EXCLUDE LO ON/OFF ........4.117, 6.39 LOG MANUAL ........4.82, 6.91, 6.93 EXECUTE TESTS........... 4.15, 6.6 LOG 10dB/20dB/50dB/100dB/120dB ......4.82 EXT ALC ............4.289, 6.193 LOGO ON/OFF ..........4.7, 6.87 EXT AM............4.289, 6.193 LOW PASS AF FILTER ......4.182, 6.172 EXT FM ............4.289, 6.193 LOWER LEFT ..........
  • Page 857 Index FSIQ PEAK EXCURSION ........4.117, 6.42 SELECT OBJECT.............4.6 PEAK HOLD ON/OFF .......4.122, 4.249, 6.58 SELECT PATTERN ..........4.274 PHASE ..........4.218, 4.225, 6.19 SELECT QUADRANT ..........4.46 PHASE NOISE ..........4.113, 6.12 SELFTEST............4.15, 6.6 PHASE WRAP ON/OFF .......4.218, 6.19 SENSITIV AF OUTPUT ....4.193, 4.197, 6.132 PM SIGNAL..........4.187, 6.18 SERVICE ............
  • Page 858 FSIQ Index TRANSDUCER SET......4.22, 6.156, 6.158 STB.................5.21 TRC COLOR AUTO INC ......4.45, 6.113 structure..............5.18 TRD FACTOR NAME ........4.25, 6.155 sum bit ..............5.19 TRD FACTOR UNIT ........4.25, 6.154 Status reporting system..........5.18 TRD FACTOR VALUES .......4.26, 6.155 resetting values............5.34 TRG TO GAP TIME........4.173, 6.191 Status information TRIGGER.............
  • Page 859 Index FSIQ copy ..............4.142 detector ..............4.143 export ..............4.148 mathematics ............4.147 Transducer ..............4.20 entry ............... 4.23 set ................4.27 switch on ..............4.21 Transmission measurement........4.279 Transmission parameters, RS-232-C......8.7 Trellis diagram ............4.219 Trigger ................ 4.266 AF signal ..............

This manual is also suitable for:

Fsiq7Fsiq26Fsiq401119.5005.131119.5005.171119.6001.27 ... Show all

Table of Contents